VS-1616DN-EM - Router Kramer - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free VS-1616DN-EM Kramer in PDF.
| Product Type | Digital Video Matrix Switcher |
| Model | VS-1616DN-EM |
| Brand | Kramer |
| Number of Inputs | 16 |
| Number of Outputs | 16 |
| Video Resolution Support | Up to 4K@60Hz (4:4:4) |
| Video Input Connectors | 16 x HDMI (or compatible) |
| Video Output Connectors | 16 x HDMI (or compatible) |
| Audio Support | Embedded audio, stereo analog outputs |
| Control Interfaces | Ethernet, RS-232, IR, GPIO |
| Power Supply | 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz |
| Power Consumption | ≤ 60W |
| Dimensions (W x D x H) | 19" x 10.5" x 1.75" (rack mount, 1U) |
| Weight | Approx. 4.5 kg (10 lbs) |
| Operating Temperature | 0°C to 40°C |
| Humidity | 10% to 90% non-condensing |
| Rack Mountable | Yes, 1U height |
| Front Panel | LCD display and buttons for local control |
| Included Accessories | Power cord, rack ears, quick start guide |
| Compliance | CE, UL, RoHS |
Frequently Asked Questions - VS-1616DN-EM Kramer
User questions about VS-1616DN-EM Kramer
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Router in PDF format for free! Find your manual VS-1616DN-EM - Kramer and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. VS-1616DN-EM by Kramer.
USER MANUAL VS-1616DN-EM Kramer
2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher

Contents
Introduction 1
Getting Started 2
Overview 4
Defining the VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher 6
Mounting VS-1616DN-EM 10
Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM 11
Port Numbering 12
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 13
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via USB (VCOM) 13
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet 13
Operating – Front Panel Buttons 17
Startup Display 17
Viewing the Display 18
Using the Selector Buttons 18
Confirming Actions 18
Switching Actions 19
Locking the Front Panel Buttons 22
Using the Configuration Menus 23
Using the Setup Menu 23
Using the Config Menu 27
Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports 33
Operating and Configuring – Embedded Web Pages 34
Browsing Web Pages 35
Switching – Web Pages 36
Copying EDID – Web Pages 37
Configuring Ports – Web Pages 37
Using the Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card 38
Defining the Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card 38
Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video 40
Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video 40
Installing the Test Module 41
Using the Input / Output Cards 42
Defining the UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16 42
Defining the UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16 44
Defining the HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16 48
Defining the DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16 51
Defining the HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16 55
Defining the HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16 59
Defining the HS-OUT2-F16 60
Defining the HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16 63
Defining the HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16 65
Defining the HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16 68
Defining the DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16 70
Defining the F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16 73
Defining the F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16 74
Defining the DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16 75
Defining the DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16 76
Defining the SDIA-IN2-F16 77
Defining the VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16 79
Defining the VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16 81
Defining the AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16 85
Defining the UHDS-OUT2-F16 87
Using the Test Module to Troubleshoot Video and Audio Problems 89
Troubleshooting Video Problems 89
Troubleshooting Audio Problems 91
Input / Output Card Hardware Installation Instructions 93
Replacing a FAN-16DN Fan Array 95
Installing a PS-16DN Power Supply 96
Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware 97
Upgrading Firmware Using K-Upload 97
Upgrading Firmware Using Kramer Network 98
Technical Specifications 99
VS-1616DN-EM Chassis 99
Quick VS-1616DN-EM Card Comparison 100
Default Settings 102
Default Communication Parameters 102
Factory Default EDID 102
Protocol 3000 122
Understanding Protocol 3000 Commands 123
Protocol 3000 Syntax 124
Protocol 3000 Commands 124
Using the Packet Protocol
Introduction
Welcome to Kramer Electronics! Since 1981, Kramer Electronics has been providing a world of unique, creative, and affordable solutions to the vast range of problems that confront video, audio, presentation, and broadcasting professionals on a daily basis. In recent years, we have redesigned and upgraded most of our line, making the best even better!
Congratulations on purchasing your Kramer VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher. This product, which incorporates HDMI™ technology, is ideal for:
• Professional display systems requiring video signal routing
- Broadcast, presentation and production facilities, as well as monitoring in large duplication systems
- Rental/staging applications

Throughout this user manual the chassis configuration is shown with 16 DVI inputs and 16 DVI outputs as a representation only.
The following cards are available and may be mixed in the same chassis:
- UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16 (Defining the UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16 on page 42).
- UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16 (Defining the UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16 on page 44).
- HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16 on page 48).
- DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16 (Defining the DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16 on page 51).
- HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16 on page 55).
- HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16 (see Defining the HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16 on page 59).
- HS-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HS-OUT2-F16 on page 60).
- HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16 on page 63).
- HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16 on page 65).
- HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16 (Defining the HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16 on page 68).
The terms HDMI, HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc.
- DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16 (Defining the DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16 on page 70).
- F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16 (Defining the F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16 on page 73).
- F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16 (Defining the F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16 on page 74).
- DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16 (Defining the DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16 on page 75).
- DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16 (Defining the DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16 on page 76).
- SDIA-IN2-F16 (Defining the SDIA-IN2-F16 on page 77).
- VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16 (Defining the VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16 on page 79).
- VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16 (Defining the VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16 on page 81).
- AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16 (Defining the AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16 on page 85).
- UHDS-OUT2-F16 (see Defining the UHDS-OUT2-F16 on page 87)

The F670-IN2/OUT2-F16 cards are fully compatible with the Kramer 670T/670R and 671T/671R HDMI/DVI transmitters and receivers for non-HDCP content.
Getting Started
We recommend that you:
- Unpack the equipment carefully and save the original box and packaging materials for possible future shipment.
- Review the contents of this user manual.

Go to www.kramerav.com/downloads/VS-1616DN-EM to check for up-to-date user manuals, application programs, and to check if firmware upgrades are available (where appropriate).
Achieving the Best Performance
To achieve the best performance:
- Use only good quality connection cables (we recommend Kramer high-performance, high-resolution cables) to avoid interference, deterioration in signal quality due to poor matching, and elevated noise levels (often associated with low quality cables).
-
Do not secure the cables in tight bundles or roll the slack into tight coils.
-
Avoid interference from neighboring electrical appliances that may adversely influence signal quality.
- Position your VS-1616DN-EM away from moisture, excessive sunlight and dust.
Safety Instructions

Caution:
- This equipment is to be used only inside a building. It may only be connected to other equipment that is installed inside a building.
- For products with relay terminals and GPI\O ports, please refer to the permitted rating for an external connection, located next to the terminal or in the User Manual.
- There are no operator serviceable parts inside the unit.

Warning:
- Use only the power cord that is supplied with the unit.
- Disconnect the power and unplug the unit from the wall before installing.
- Do not open the unit. High voltages can cause electrical shock! Servicing by qualified personnel only.
- To ensure continuous risk protection, replace fuses only according to the rating specified on the product label which located on the bottom of the unit.
Recycling Kramer Products
The Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC aims to reduce the amount of WEEE sent for disposal to landfill or incineration by requiring it to be collected and recycled. To comply with the WEEE Directive, Kramer Electronics has made arrangements with the European Advanced Recycling Network (EARN) and will cover any costs of treatment, recycling and recovery of waste Kramer Electronics branded equipment on arrival at the EARN facility. For details of Kramer's recycling arrangements in your particular country go to our recycling pages at https://www.kramerav.com/social-responsibility/environment/.
About Fast Switching
Older display devices require a longer time between the loss of one digital signal and the introduction of another, as well as a physical disconnection of the interconnecting cable in order to be able to detect and adjust to the new video attributes and parameters. Normal switching, therefore, introduced a 5V signal disconnection along with a delay in switching. Many newer display devices, however, are now capable of accepting “on-the-fly” switching.
Depending on the display device in use, the VS-1616DN-EM allows for fast switching (minor reset and the connection kept alive) and extra fast switching (no reset and the connection kept alive), see Config Menu—Setting Output Port Parameters on page 29. Using the fast and extra fast switching modes allows for fraction-of-a-second switching times when using high performance display devices or when using a scaler on the video output.
About HDBaseT™ Technology
HDBaseT™ is an advanced all-in-one connectivity technology (supported by the HDBaseT Alliance). It is particularly suitable in the consumer home environment as a digital home networking alternative where it enables you to replace numerous cables and connectors by a single LAN cable used to transmit, for example, uncompressed full high definition video, audio, IR, as well as various control signals.

The products described in this user manual are HDBaseT certified.
About Power Connect™
The Power Connect™ feature here means that the VS-1616DN-EM can supply power to the TP transmitters and receivers (for example, the TP-573 and TP-574) as long as the devices are within 90m (270ft) of each other. The Power Connect™ feature applies as long as the cable can carry power and the distance does not exceed 90m on standard CAT 5 cable. For longer distances, a heavier gauge cable should be used (a TP cable is still suitable for the video/audio transmission, but not for feeding the power at these distances).
Overview
The Kramer VS-1616DN-EM is a high-performance matrix switcher chassis for AV signals. The unit is modular and populated from 2 x 2 to 16 x 16 ports in increments of two inputs and/or two outputs. The unit supports various signals, depending on the type of cards installed and includes a power supply, control module and a test module that can monitor and test any input and output in the matrix. It features a very high bandwidth of up to 3.4Gbps (for the chassis only, effective bandwidth of the system depends on the input / output cards, see Using the Input / Output Cards on page 42) that ensures transparent performance even in the most critical applications. The cards re-clock and equalize the signals and the chassis can route any or all inputs to any or all outputs simultaneously.
The VS-1616DN-EM is highly configurable – you can add or remove inputs and outputs independently in groups of two and mix different types of input/output cards in the same chassis. For example, you can configure a device as a 4 x 12 or a 16 x 8 matrix switcher to exactly suit your needs.
The VS-1616DN-EM features:
- Full 16 x 16 non-blocking matrix array to switch any of the 16 input digital signals to any or all outputs (see Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM on page 11.
- Easy access to 60 pre-set memory locations for quick access to user-defined setups.
- Fast switching on outputs to reduce or remove switching delay.
- Redundant, hot swappable power supply (optional).
- Modular, easily replaceable, low-noise cooling system.
- Simple firmware upgrade of compatible devices (see Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware on page 97).
- Seamless integration with Kramer Network for switching, card status, port status, firmware upgrades (of compatible cards), and more.
- A 40 character by 2 line LCD that shows the operational status or the configuration menu.
- A lock function to prevent tampering with the front panel.
- A default EDID (Extended Display Identification Data) for each input.
- EDID Capture – Copies and stores the EDID from a display device.
• Non-volatile EDID storage.
- Kramer Core™ – Flexible infrastructure conversion. Copper, fiber or Twisted Pair, all can be used at the same time according to input/output module selection. The matrix receives signals from compatible Kramer transmitters, automatically converts between available infrastructure options and sends the signals to compatible Kramer receivers.
- Max. Data Rate – 10.2Gbps (3.4Gbps per graphic channel) when using compatible cards.
- HDTV Compatible.
- HDCP Compliant – With DVI (HDCP), HDMI, F670, HDBaseT, HDMI with audio and DGKat modules.
- HDMI Support.
- DGKat™ Signal Integration – Kramer's unique technology for converting TMDS as well as control and communication to signals that run over twisted pair cables.

For optimum range and performance, use recommended Kramer cables, available at www.kramerav.com/product/VS-1616DN-EM.
- Kramer Equalization & re-Klocking™ Technology – Rebuilds the digital signal to travel longer distances.
- Optional Fast Switching Support – For fraction of a second switching.
- Modular & Easily Configurable Platform – Input or output module types can be mixed and added in increments of 2 from 2x2 up to 16x16.
- Versatile Selection of Modules – Including DVI, HDMI, HDCP (HDMI over DVI connector), Dual Link DVI, HDMI over Fiber, DVI over Fiber, HDBaseT, HDBaseT Lite, HDMI with analog audio interface, HDMI with digital audio interface, VGA and DGKat (HDMI over twisted pair).
- Kramer Protocol 3000.
- Flexible Configuration – To disable HDCP support and convert between HDMI and DVI.
You can operate the VS-1616DN-EM via the front panel buttons or remotely via:
- RS-232 or USB (VCOM) serial commands transmitted by a touch screen system, PC or other serial controller.
- Ethernet over a LAN.
- Kramer Network enterprise management platform.

The VS-1616DN-EM is a sophisticated device but has nevertheless been designed to be simple to operate using an intuitive front panel keypad. For details of how to route inputs to outputs, see Switching Actions on page 19.
The VS-1616DN-EM is housed in a 19" rack-mountable enclosure.
Defining the VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher
This section defines the front and rear panels of the VS-1616DN-EM.

flowchart
graph TD
A["16x16 Digital Matrix"] --> B["Switcher"]
B --> C["FS-1"]
C --> D["FS-2"]
D --> E["VS-1616DN"]
F["19"] --> G["OUTPUT3"]
H["18"] --> I["INPUT5"]
J["17"] --> K["Power"]
L["16"] --> M["Balance"]
N["15"] --> O["Power"]
P["14"] --> Q["Balance"]
R["13"] --> S["Power"]
T["12"] --> U["Balance"]
V["11"] --> W["Power"]
X["10"] --> Y["Balance"]
Z["9"] --> AA["OUTPUT"]
AB["8"] --> AC["SETUP"]
AD["7"] --> AE["SETUP"]
AF["6"] --> AG["SETUP"]
AH["5"] --> AI["SETUP"]
AJ["4"] --> AK["SETUP"]
AL["3"] --> AM["SETUP"]
AN["2"] --> AO["SETUP"]
AP["1"] --> AQ["SETUP"]
AR["0"] --> AS["SETUP"]
AT["0"] --> AU["SETUP"]
AV["0"] --> AW["SETUP"]
AX["0"] --> AY["SETUP"]
AZ["0"] --> BA["SETUP"]
Figure 1: VS-1616DN-EM Front Panel

Buttons 15, 16 and 17 function as the TAKE, MENU and LOCK buttons respectively.
| # | Feature | Function | ||
| 1 | Double-function Selector Buttons Area | Menu Button Functions | ESC | Press to exit the current operation. |
| 2 | EDID | Press to assign EDID channels. | ||
| 3 | STO | Press to store the current setup in a preset. After pressing the MENU button, this button lights and is enabled. | ||
| 4 | ALL | Press to connect an input to all outputs. After pressing the MENU button, this button lights and is enabled. | ||
| 5 | OFF | Press to turn off an output. After pressing the MENU button, this button lights and is enabled. | ||
| 6 | RCL | Press to recall a preset. After pressing the MENU button, this button lights and is enabled. | ||
| 7 | DELAY | Press to set the delay between confirming an action and the execution of the action. | ||
| 8 | ENTER | Press to complete the input-output setup when using a one-digit number instead of two digits. For example, to enter input 5, you can press either 05 or 5, ENTER. Press to enter the options in a setup menu. | ||
| 9 | BREAKAWAY Button | Press to exit a Menu (see Using the Configuration Menu on page 23). | ||
| 10 | DEFAULT SETUP Button | Press to recall the default setup (see Recalling the Default Setup on page 21). | ||
| 11 | IR Receiver | Infrared remote control sensor (for future use). | ||
| 12 | IR LED | Lights yellow when receiving commands from the IR remote control transmitter (for future use). | ||
| 13 | PS-1 POWER LED | Lights green when power supply is active. | ||
| 14 | PS-1 ERROR LED | Lights red when an error is detected. Briefly lights red immediately following a power disruption (e.g., cable disconnection, power off, and so on). | ||
| 15 | TAKE Button | Press to confirm actions (see Confirming a Switching Action on page 19). | ||
| 16 | MENU Button | Press once to enable the ALL, OFF, STO and RCL buttons (see Using the Configuration Menu on page 23).Press again to enter the configuration menu (see Using the Config Menu on page 27).When in a Menu, press to cycle through the menu items. | ||
| 17 | LOCK Button | Press and hold for approximately 2 sec to lock/unlock the front panel buttons (see Locking the Front Panel Buttons on page 22). | ||
| 18 | OUTPUTS/INPUTS LCD Display | Displays the outputs (upper row) switched to the selected inputs (lower row), (see Startup Display on page 17).Displays user interface messages and menus. | ||
| 19 | Front Panel Locking Screws | Release the 14 front panel locking screws to open the front panel and access the fan arrays (see Replacing a FAN-16DN Fan Array on page 95). | ||
| 20 | Power Supply Thumbscrews | Release the 4 power supply thumbscrews to install / remove the PS-16DN power supply (see Installing a PS-16DN Power Supply on page 96). | ||

Figure 2: VS-1616DN-EM Front Panel Numeric Keypad
| # | Feature | Function |
| 21 | ◀ (Backward) | Press to shift the sliding window to the right (the LCD display only shows 13 cross-points out of a total of 16). |
| 22 | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 | Numeric keypad, 1 to 0. |
| 23 | ▶ (Forward) | Press to shift the sliding window to the left (the LCD display only shows 13 cross-points out of a total of 16). |

Figure 3: VS-1616DN-EM Rear Panel Showing DVI cards
| # | Feature | Function | |
| 24 | PS-1 AC Mains Power Module | Power supply 1: Fuse holder and power cord socket. Connect to the AC mains supply. | |
| 25 | RS-232 9-pin D-sub Port | Connect to a PC or remote controller (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13) and perform firmware upgrade of the device and compatible input/output cards (see Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware on page 97). | |
| 26 | USB Virtual COM PortUSB Mini-B Connector | Connect to a PC or remote controller (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via USB (VCOM) on page 13) and perform firmware upgrade of the device and compatible input/output cards (see Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware on page 97). | |
| 27 | RESET Button | Press to restart the VS-1616DN-EM. | |
| 28 | IN 1~8Connectors | INPUTS | Connect to the relevant video sources, depending on the cards installed (1 to 8, see Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM on page 11). |
| 29 | IN 9~16Connectors | Connect to the relevant video sources, depending on the cards installed (9 to 16, see Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM on page 11). | |
| 30 | TEST Module | Signal generator module for testing video and audio outputs (see Using the Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card on page 38). | |
| 31 | RESOLUTION DIP-switches | Set the resolution for video generated by the Test module (see Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video on page 40). | |
| 32 | PATTERN Button | Press the button repeatedly to change the video pattern generated by the Test module (see Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video on page 40). | |
| 33 | PS-2 AC Mains Power Module | Power supply 2: Fuse holder and power cord socket. Connect to the AC mains supply. Only connect when a second power supply is installed in PS-2. | |
| 34 | NET Ethernet RJ-45 Connector | Connect to a PC or controller via the Ethernet LAN (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet on page 13) and perform firmware upgrade of the device and compatible input/output cards (see Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware on page 97).LINK LED flashes when communication is active. POWER LED lights when the interface receives power. | |
| 35 | OUT 1~8Connectors | OUTPUTS | Connect to the relevant video acceptors, depending on the cards installed (1 to 8, seeConnecting the VS-1616DN-EMon page 11) on page 10). |
| 36 | OUT 9~16Connectors | Connect to the relevant video acceptors, depending on the cards installed (9 to 16, seeConnecting the VS-1616DN-EMon page 11). | |
| 37 | Test Module DVI Molex 24-pinVideo Connector | Connect to one of the relevant video inputs/outputs to aid in troubleshooting (seeTroubleshooting VideoProblemson page 89). | |
| 38 | Test Module 3.5mm Mini JackUnbalanced Analog AudioConnector | Connect to one of the relevant audio inputs/outputs to aid in troubleshooting (seeTroubleshooting AudioProblemson page 91). | |
Mounting VS-1616DN-EM
This section provides instructions for mounting VS-1616DN-EM. Before installing, verify that the environment is within the recommended range:

- Operation temperature – 0° to 40°C (32 to 104°F).
- Storage temperature -40^ to +70^ (-40 to +158^ ).
- Humidity – 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing.
- VS-1616DN-EM must be placed upright in the correct horizontal position.

Caution:
- Mount VS-1616DN-EM before connecting any cables or power.

Warning:
- Ensure that the environment (e.g., maximum ambient temperature & air flow) is compatible for the device.
- Avoid uneven mechanical loading.
- Appropriate consideration of equipment nameplate ratings should be used for avoiding overloading of the circuits.
- Reliable earthing of rack-mounted equipment should be maintained.
To mount the VS-1616DN-EM on a rack
Attach both ear brackets by removing the screws from each side of the machine and replacing those screws through the ear brackets or place the machine on a table.


For more information go to www.kramerav.com/downloads/VS-1616DN-EM
Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM

Always switch off the power to each device before connecting it to your VS-1616DN-EM. After connecting your VS-1616DN-EM, connect its power and then switch on the power to each device.

You do not have to connect all the inputs and outputs, connect only those that are required. In the following example, only two inputs and two outputs are connected.
The configuration of DVI input/output cards shown in Figure 4 is merely a sample representation and different input / output cards may be mixed as required (for limitations, see Port Numbering on page 12). Exactly the same principles apply to installations using other card types.
To connect the VS-1616DN-EM, as illustrated in the example in Figure 4, do the following:
- Connect up to 16 DVI video sources (for example, computer graphics sources).
- Connect up to 16 DVI video acceptors (for example, DVI and DVI LCD displays).
- If required, connect a PC or remote controller to the RS-232 port (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13) and/or the Ethernet port (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet on page 13).
- Connect the power cord.
- If necessary, review and set the system configuration using the Menu (see Using the Configuration Menu on page 23).

Given an input signal that is HDCP encoded, the VS-1616DN-EM outputs a signal only if the output port to which it is switched supports HDCP.

flowchart
graph TD
subgraph Control Computer
A["Control Computer"] --> B["RS-232"]
B --> C["Computer Graphics Source"]
C --> D["DVI Display"]
D --> E["Computer Graphics Source"]
E --> F["LCD Display"]
end
subgraph DVI Display
G["DVI Display"] --> H["Computer Graphics Source"]
I["DVI Display"] --> J["Computer Graphics Source"]
K["DVI Display"] --> L["LCD Display"]
end
subgraph DVI DVI
M["DVI DVI"] --> N["Computer Graphics Source"]
O["DVI DVI"] --> P["LCD Display"]
end
subgraph DVI Test
Q["DVI Test"] --> R["Computer Graphics Source"]
S["DVI Test"] --> T["LCD Display"]
end
subgraph PS-1
U["PS-1"] --> V["Control Computer"]
W["PS-2"] --> X["Control Computer"]
Y["PS-3"] --> Z["Control Computer"]
AA["PS-4"] --> AB["Control Computer"]
AC["PS-5"] --> AD["Control Computer"]
AE["PS-6"] --> AF["Control Computer"]
AG["PS-7"] --> AH["Control Computer"]
AI["PS-8"] --> AJ["Control Computer"]
AK["PS-9"] --> AL["Control Computer"]
AM["PS-10"] --> AN["Control Computer"]
AO["PS-11"] --> AP["Control Computer"]
AQ["PS-12"] --> AR["Control Computer"]
AS["PS-13"] --> AT["Control Computer"]
AU["PS-14"] --> AV["Control Computer"]
AW["PS-15"] --> AX["Control Computer"]
AY["ETH"] --> Z
end
Figure 4: Connecting the VS-1616DN-EM
Port Numbering
On all cards apart from the DVI dual link cards, there are two physical ports on each card and numbering of ports is sequential from top to bottom and left to right. Each DVI dual link card provides one physical port which causes the loss of one number in the numbering sequence of that card only. A sample numbering is shown in Figure 5.

Figure 5: Sample Port Numbering
| Diagram # | Actual Port Number | Diagram # | Actual Port Number |
| 1 | IN 1 | 6 | OUT 2 |
| 2 | IN 2 | 7 | OUT 1 |
| 3 | IN 3 | 8 | OUT 3 |
| 4 | IN 5 | 9 | OUT 5 |
| 5 | IN 6 | 10 | OUT 6 |

There is no IN 4 or OUT 4 because these slots contain DVI dual link cards.
EDID Numbering Examples
The following EDID configuration is based on the port numbering shown in Figure 5 and lists requested switching configurations and their results.
| EDID Request | EDID Sent |
| From OUT 4 | Blank (256 bytes of 0xFF) |
| From IN 8 | None (error message displayed) |

AV data flow is: source > VS-1616DN-EM > display. EDID information flow is: display > VS-1616DN-EM > source, which means that the EDID input is the display side and the EDID output is the AV source side. This is the reverse of the AV data flow direction.
When assigning EDIDs, note that the top row of the LCD display labeled OUTPUTS relates to the ports connected to the sources (AV inputs), and the bottom row of the LCD display labeled INPUTS relates to the ports connected to displays (AV outputs).
In Figure 6, the EDID from EDID input 8 (VS-1616DN-EM Output port 8) has been assigned to all EDID outputs (VS-1616DN-EM Input ports).

Figure 6: EDID Numbering Assignment
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232
You can connect to the VS-1616DN-EM via an RS-232 connection using, for example, a PC. Note that a null-modem adapter/connection is not required.
To connect to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232:
- Connect the RS-232 9-pin D-sub rear panel port on the VS-1616DN-EM unit via a 9-wire straight cable (only pin 2 to pin 2, pin 3 to pin 3, and pin 5 to pin 5 need to be connected) to the RS-232 9-pin D-sub port on your PC.
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via USB (VCOM)
The device's USB port can work as a virtual COM (VCOM) port. Verify that the USB port on the PC that connects to the VS-1616DN-EM is configured as a VCOM port. You may need to install a driver to do this. You can use a tool such as Hercules or K-Config to use Protocol 3000 commands over USB (see Protocol 3000 on page 122). You can also use K-Upload to upgrade firmware over USB (see Upgrading Firmware Using K-Upload on page 97).
Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet
You can connect to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet using either of the following methods:
- Directly to the PC using a crossover cable (see Connecting the Ethernet Port Directly to a PC on page 14).
- Via a network hub, switch, or router, using a straight-through cable (see Connecting the Ethernet Port via a Network Hub on page 16).

If you want to connect via a router and your IT system is based on IPv6, speak to your IT department for specific installation instructions.
Connecting the Ethernet Port Directly to a PC
You can connect the Ethernet port of the VS-1616DN-EM directly to the Ethernet port on your PC using a crossover cable with RJ-45 connectors.

This type of connection is recommended for identifying the VS-1616DN-EM with the factory configured default IP address.
After connecting the VS-1616DN-EM to the Ethernet port, configure your PC as follows:
- Click Start > Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center.
- Click Change Adapter Settings.
- Highlight the network adapter you want to use to connect to the device and click Change settings of this connection.
The Local Area Connection Properties window for the selected network adapter appears as shown in Figure 7.

Figure 7: Local Area Connection Properties Window
-
Highlight either Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) or Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) depending on the requirements of your IT system.
-
Click Properties.
The Internet Protocol Properties window relevant to your IT system appears as shown in Figure 8 or Figure 9.

Figure 8: Internet Protocol Version 4 Properties Window

Figure 9: Internet Protocol Version 6 Properties Window
- Select Use the following IP Address for static IP addressing and fill in the details as shown in Figure 10.
For TCP/IPv4 you can use any IP address in the range 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.255 (excluding 192.168.1.39) that is provided by your IT department.

Figure 10: Internet Protocol Properties Window
- Click OK.
- Click Close.
Connecting the Ethernet Port via a Network Hub or Switch
You can connect the Ethernet port of the VS-1616DN-EM to the Ethernet port on a network hub or using a straight-through cable with RJ-45 connectors.
Operating – Front Panel Buttons
This section describes:
- The startup display (see Startup Display on page 17).
• Using the selector buttons (see Using the Selector Buttons on page 18). - Confirming actions (see Confirming Actions on page 18).
- Switching options (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Locking the front panel (see Locking the Front Panel Buttons on page 22).

You can also operate the device using the embedded web pages (see Operating and Configuring – Embedded Web Pages on page 34).
Startup Display
After switching on the power, the LCD display shows the following screens in sequence (text in the LCD Display may vary according to machine settings).

Figure 11: Default Startup Status Display Sequence
The VS-1616DN-EM does not have separate output and input buttons. Instead, the front panel includes a numeric keypad within the Selector Buttons area (see Defining the VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher on page 6). This numeric keypad lets you enter both the output and input numbers as well as various numeric configuration values (see Using the Selector Buttons on page 18).
When the unit is powered-on, the last matrix setup that was used is loaded. Use either the setup recall (records a stored configuration from a preset, see Setup Menu—6: recall setup on page 26) or default setup recall (for quick retrieval of a commonly used programmable default setup, see Recalling the Default Setup on page 21) functions to retrieve other setups.
Viewing the Display
Figure 11 shows the output-input matrix on the LCD display. The LCD display can show only 13 out of the 16 available matrix combinations at once. To view any of the matrix combinations use the ◀ or the ▶ buttons on the front panel to shift the sliding window to the right or left.
This sliding window functionality is enabled when:
- The switcher is in between operations (waiting for its next operation while all previous operations are complete or cancelled)
- Recalling a setup using the ◀ or ▶ buttons

When entering an output/input combination, the contents of the LCD display automatically shift to indicate the current status of the selected output.
Using the Selector Buttons
For numbers between 1 and 9, the VS-1616DN-EM can handle two digit numbers as well as single digit numbers. When entering a single digit number (for example 5), you can either press 0 followed by 5, or 5 followed by ENTER.
Pressing 00 (or 0, ENTER) is only relevant for an input and is used to disconnect the currently entered output number from the input.
For example, the following display indicates that outputs 8 and 12 are disconnected from any input (note that the corresponding inputs in the second line are blank):
| 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 |
| 12 | 08 | 10 | 14 | 13 | 06 |
The ESC button is used to cancel an operation without affecting the current status. For example, if you enter an incorrect number by mistake, press the ESC button to cancel the operation.

At any stage, if no button is pressed within approximately 15 seconds, the automatic timeout causes the VS-1616DN-EM to exit the operation and revert to the output/input display.
Confirming Actions
You can choose to work in the At Once (default, for all actions except storing/recalling) or the Confirm mode.
In the At Once mode:
- The TAKE button does not light.
-
Pressing an OUT-IN combination implements the switch without further user confirmation.
-
You save time as execution is immediate and actions require no user confirmation.
- No protection is offered to correct an erroneous action.
- In the Confirm mode:
- The TAKE button lights.
- You enter an action and then confirm it by pressing the TAKE button.
- Every action requires user confirmation, protecting against erroneous actions.
- Execution is postponed until you confirm the action.

Failure to press the TAKE button within a few seconds results in the action timing out automatically.
Toggling Between the At Once and Confirm Modes
To toggle between the At Once and Confirm modes:

If the TAKE button is flashing, you cannot toggle between the At Once and Confirm modes. A flashing TAKE button indicates that an action is currently pending confirmation.
- Press TAKE to toggle between the At Once mode and the Confirm mode. The TAKE button lights and actions now require user confirmation.
- Press the lit TAKE button to toggle from the Confirm mode back to the At Once mode. The TAKE button is no longer lit and actions no longer require user confirmation.
Confirming a Switching Action
Actions only require confirmation when the device is in the Confirm mode.
To confirm a switching action:
- Using the numeric keypad, enter an output-input combination. The TAKE button flashes.
- Press the flashing TAKE button to confirm the action. The action is confirmed and the TAKE button lights.
Switching Actions
This section describes how to:
- Switch one input to one output (see Switching One Input to One Output on page 20).
- Switch several inputs to several outputs (see Switching Several Inputs to Several Outputs on page 20).
- Turn off several outputs (see Turning an Output Off on page 21).
Switching One Input to One Output
To switch one input to one output:
- Using the numeric keypad, enter the required output (in this example, 12). The following is displayed:
$$ \begin{array}{c c c c c c c c c} 0 6 & 0 7 & 0 8 & 0 9 & 1 0 & 1 1 & 1 2 & 1 3 \ & & & & & & \text {In} _ = > \text {Out} 1 2 \end{array} $$
The left-hand side of the display shows a section of the output/input display automatically sliding the content to include output 12.
- Using the numeric keypad, enter the required input (in this example, 14):
- In the At Once mode, the switching takes place immediately and the LCD display shows a segment of the input-output status that includes the switched input and output (for example, 14-12)
In the Confirm mode, the LCD display shows the following:
$$ \text { In } 1 4 \Rightarrow \text { Out } 1 2 $$
Incomplete actions time out after approximately 15 seconds.
- In the Confirm mode, press the flashing TAKE button to switch the input to the output
Switching Several Inputs to Several Outputs
If you want to switch several inputs to several outputs you must be in the Confirm mode.
In the Confirm mode you can enter a batch of several actions and then confirm the batch by pressing TAKE once (simultaneously switching several output-input combinations).
To switch several inputs to several outputs in the Confirm mode:
- Using the numeric keypad, enter an output-input combination. The TAKE button flashes.
- Enter additional output-input combinations.
The LCD display can show up to five pending actions (although the batch is not limited to five actions), as follows:
$$ 0 9 \Rightarrow 0 6 \quad 0 5 \Rightarrow 0 7 $$
In this example, input 9 is set to switch to output 6 and input 5 is set to switch to output 7.
- After entering all output/input combinations, press the flashing TAKE button to confirm the actions.
The inputs switch to the respective outputs as shown on the LCD display and the TAKE LED is lit.
Turning an Output Off
Turning an output off means that there is no input switched to this output. This is indicated on the display by the Input being blank underneath the relevant Output.
To turn an output off:
- Press MENU.
The Menu buttons light and are enabled. - Press OFF (3) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The following message is displayed: - Use the numeric keypad to turn the required output off.
The output is turned off.
$$ \text { out } _ \Rightarrow \text { OFF } $$
To turn an output off in the Confirm mode:
- Repeat the steps above and then press the flashing TAKE button to confirm the action.
Alternatively, you can perform a switching operation (see Switching One Input to One Output on page 20) and set the input to 00.
Turning Off Several Outputs
To turn off several outputs in the Confirm mode, repeat the switching actions described in Switching Several Inputs to Several Outputs on page 20 but set the inputs to 00.
Recalling the Default Setup
You can store a commonly used setup as the default setup (see Config Menu—Store Default Setup on page 30) which can be recalled at any time.

This is not the setup that is loaded when the unit is turned on. When the unit is turned on, the setup that was last used before the unit was turned off is loaded.
To recall the default setup:
- Press DEFAULT SETUP. The DEFAULT SETUP button flashes and the following message is displayed:
recall DEFAULT setup
press FLASHING button to confirm
- Press DEFAULT SETUP.
The following message is displayed:
all Setups and Connections change press TAKE to confirm
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE.
The default setup is recalled and the display reverts to the output-input display.
Locking the Front Panel Buttons
You can lock the VS-1616DN-EM to prevent tampering with the unit or prevent the settings from being changed accidentally via the front panel buttons. When the front panel is locked, you can still remotely operate the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 or Ethernet.
To lock the front panel buttons:
- Press and hold LOCK until the button lights.
The front panel buttons are locked.
To unlock the front panel buttons:
- Press and hold LOCK until the button is no longer lit.
The front panel buttons are unlocked.
Using the Configuration Menus
The configuration menus on the OUTPUTS/INPUTS LCD display let you configure the VS-1616DN-EM to best suit your needs. There are two configuration menus:
- Setup Menu—those that are accessed on a regular basis (for example, storing setups and setting the delay), see Using the Setup Menu on page 23.
- Config Menu—those that are accessed only occasionally (for example, setting the interface or communication protocol), see Using the Config Menu on page 27.
The following rules apply to the menu operation:
- If no selection is made within approximately 15 seconds, the operation times-out and the display reverts to the output/input display.
- At any point in the Menu, press ESC to move up one level or press BREAKAWAY to exit the Menu altogether.
- At any point in the Menu, only buttons that are active light or flash.
All the procedures in this section assume that you are starting the procedure from the standard, operational output/input display.
Using the Setup Menu
The Setup Menu provides access to settings that are regularly changed and comprises the following options:
- 1: inXX=>ALL, switching one input to all outputs (see Setup Menu—1: inXX=>ALL on page 23).
• 3: outXX=OFF, turning off an output (see Setup Menu—3: outXX=>OFF on page 24). - 7: EDID, assignment to an output (see Setup Menu—7: EDID on page 24).
- 9: Delay setting for an output (see Setup Menu—9: Delay on page 25).
- 4: store setup XX, storing the setup in a preset (see Setup Menu—4: store setup on page 26).
- 6: recall setup XX, recalling a preset (see Setup Menu—6: recall setup on page 26).
Setup Menu—1: inXX=>ALL, Switching One Input to all Outputs
This option switches one input to all outputs.
To switch one input to all outputs:
1. Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed.
- Press 1 (ALL) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The following is displayed:
in => ALL
- Using the numeric keys, enter the input to be switched to all outputs.
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE.
The selected input is switched to all outputs. The display reverts to the output/input display showing that the selected input is switched to all outputs.
Setup Menu—3: outXX=>OFF, Turning an Output Off
This option turns an output off.
To turn an output off:
- Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed. - Press 3 (OFF) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The following is displayed:
out => OFF
- Using the numeric keys, enter the output to be turned off.
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE.
The selected output is turned off. The display reverts to the output/input display showing that the selected output is turned off with the input being blank.
Setup Menu—7: EDID, Assignment to an Input
This option assigns an EDID to between one and eight inputs in non-volatile storage. More than eight EDID assignments must be assigned in multiple batches.
Each input on the VS-1616DN-EM has a factory default EDID loaded (see Factory Default EDID on page 102). The EDID for each input can be changed independently via the menu (described below) or by uploading an EDID binary file to each input via the RS-232 port.

It is necessary to have a display/device connected to the output from which you want to read the EDID. Failure to do so results in the default EDID being written to storage.
To assign an EDID to between one and eight inputs:
- Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed. - Press 7 (EDID) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The following is displayed:
SETUP EDID
ENTER to View EDID and Set EDID -
Press ENTER.
The current EDID matrix configuration is displayed. -
Using the numeric keys, enter the input in which to store the EDID (in this example, 08), and enter the output (in this example, 05) from which to read the EDID.
The following is displayed:
$$ \begin{array}{c c c c c c c c} 0 1 & 0 2 & 0 3 & 0 4 & 0 5 & 0 6 & 0 7 & 0 8 \ & & & & & & 0 5 & \text {out05} \Rightarrow \text {in08} \end{array} $$
The TAKE button flashes.
- Repeat Step 4 for up to eight inputs.
- Press TAKE.
The EDID is stored and passed through to the input.
The display reverts to the output/input display.
To view the EDID assignments:
- Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed.
- Press 7 (EDID) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The following is displayed:
SETUP EDID
ENTER to View EDID and Set EDID
- Press ENTER.
The current EDID matrix configuration is displayed. In this example, input 07 is assigned to output 05, all other EDID values are default.
$$ \begin{array}{c c c c c c} 0 5 & 0 6 & 0 7 & 0 8 & 0 9 & 1 0 \ & & 0 5 \end{array} $$
Setup Menu—9: Delay, Setting for an Output
This option sets the time delay for an output which lapses between entering a switching action and the execution of the action. This delay can be set for each output independently. The delay is defined in units of 200ms and ranges from 0 to 15, providing delays of between 0 and 3 seconds (15 x 200ms = 3 seconds).
To set the execution delay for an output:
- Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed.
- Press 9 (DELAY) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2).
The output/delay times display is shown.
- Using the numeric keys, enter the output (in this example, 03).
The following is displayed:
$$ \begin{array}{c c c c c c c c} 0 1 & 0 2 & 0 3 & 0 4 & 0 5 & 0 6 & 0 7 & 0 8 \ & & & & & & & \text { DLY } _ {- - } = > \text { out } 0 3 \end{array} $$
-
Using the numeric keys, enter the number of delay units.
-
Press TAKE.
The selected output delay is set. The display reverts to the output/input display.
Setup Menu—4: store setup XX, Storing the Setup in a Preset
This option stores the current setup in a preset (1 to 60).
To store the current setup in a preset:
-
Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed. -
Press 4 (STO) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2). The following is displayed:
store => _
- Using the numeric keys, enter the preset (1 to 60) in which to store the current setup. The following is displayed:
Wait ....
After a few seconds, if the preset is not empty, the following is displayed:
SETUP NOT EMPTY CONFIRM
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE. The setup is stored in the selected preset for subsequent recall. The display reverts to the output/input display.
Setup Menu—6: recall setup XX, Recalling a Preset
This option recalls a stored configuration from a preset (1 to 60).
To recall a stored configuration:
- Press MENU.
The Setup Menu options are displayed. - Press 6 (RCL) on the numeric keypad (see Figure 2). The following is displayed:
recall <= _
- Using the numeric keys, enter the preset (in this example, 02) to recall. The following is displayed:
Wait ....
After a few seconds, the following is displayed on the right hand side:
CONFIRM
RECALL <= 02
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE. The preset is recalled. The display reverts to the output/input display.
Using the Config Menu
The Config Menu provides access to configuration settings that are not regularly changed and comprises the following options:
- Input signal detection display (Config Menu—Input Signal Detection on page 27).
- Input port parameter setting (Config Menu—Setting Input Port Parameters on page 28).
- Output load detection display (see Config Menu—Output Load Detection Display on page 29).
- Output port parameter setting (Config Menu—Setting Output Port Parameters on page 29).
- Storing the default setup (Config Menu—Store Default Setup on page 30).
- Total matrix reset (Config Menu—Total Matrix Reset on page 31).
- Display firmware versions (Config Menu—Display Firmware Versions on page 32).
To enter the Config Menu:
- Press MENU twice. The MENU button lights and the following message is displayed:
Start configuration menu MENU to view setups ENTER to change them
When browsing through the configuration menu, enabled buttons light or flash.
Use the Config Menu as follows:
- Press the MENU button to cycle through the menu items.
The LCD display shows the current status of the selected menu item. - Press the ENTER button to enter a submenu.
- After entering a submenu, you can select between several options. Select an option by pressing one of the illuminated buttons in the Selector Buttons area.
- After selecting the desired option, a description of the desired change is displayed and the TAKE button flashes.
- Press the flashing TAKE button to confirm the change. A description of the current state is displayed for about one second. The unit automatically switches to the next item in the menu.
Config Menu—Input Signal Detection Display
This option displays a list of inputs and indicates on which of them signals have been detected.
To display a list of inputs that have detected signals:
1. Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
2. Press MENU.
The following is displayed:
| IN: | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 |
| OUT: | o | X | o | o | o | o | X | o | o | o | X |
o indicates that a signal is detected and x indicates that no signal is detected on the relevant input.
3. Do one of the following:
- Press BREAKAWAY to exit the Config Menu.
- Wait approximately 15 seconds for the operation to time out.
- Press MENU to move to the next Config Menu option.
Config Menu—Setting Input Port Parameters
This option sets input port-specific parameters. Ports that show an x have no parameters available to modify. Ports that show an o have parameters available to modify. The parameters that are available, such as, audio balance, depend on the type of card installed and whether the card is an input or an output card (see Using the Input / Output Cards on page 42 for information on the input / output cards and their parameters).
To set parameters for a port:
1. Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
2. Press MENU until a display is shown similar to the following:
| IN: | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 |
| SET: | X | X | X | X | ○ | ○ | X | X | ○ | ○ | X |
X indicates that there are no modifiable parameters for the associated port and o indicates that there are modifiable parameters for the associated port.
3. Press TAKE to enter the list of ports.
The cursor flashes on a selected port.
- Select the required port using the left and right arrow buttons.
5. Press TAKE to enter the parameters list.
A message similar to the following is displayed with the relevant port number in place of 06:
| IN: | 06 |
| SET: | Reset Input |
- To select the next parameter press the right arrow button (see Using the Input / Output Cards on page 42 for available parameters).
Or:
7. To enter the selected parameter press TAKE.
The parameter options are displayed.
- Select the required action or number using the keypad numbers and arrows.
- Press TAKE to save the change.

The parameter change is not implemented on the system until you press TAKE.
- Repeat from Step 6 to modify additional parameters.
-
Do one of the following:
-
Press BREAKAWAY to exit the Config Menu.
- Wait approximately 15 seconds for the operation to time out.
- Press MENU to exit to the parameter list.
Config Menu—Output Load Detection Display
This option displays a list of outputs and indicates which have loads attached to them.
To display a list of outputs and attached loads:
1. Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
2. Press MENU until the following is displayed:
| OUT: | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 |
| LOAD: | o | X | o | o | o | o | X | o | o | o | X |
o indicates that a load is attached and x indicates that no load is detected on the relevant output.
3. Do one of the following:
- Press BREAKAWAY to exit the Config Menu
- Wait approximately 15 seconds for the operation to time out
- Press MENU to move to the next Config Menu option
Config Menu—Setting Output Port Parameters
This option sets port-specific parameters. Ports that show an x have no parameters available to modify. Ports that show an o have parameters available to modify. The parameters that are available, such as, audio balance, depend on the type of card installed and whether the card is an input or an output card. Tables listing output cards and their parameters can be found at the end of this section.
To set parameters for a port:
1. Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
- Press MENU until a display is shown similar to the following:
| OUT: | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 |
| SET: | o | o | X | X | o | o | o | o | X | X | X |
x indicates that there are no modifiable parameters for the associated port and o indicates that there are modifiable parameters for the associated port.
- Press TAKE to enter the list of ports.
The cursor flashes on a selected port.
-
Select the required port to modify using the left and right arrow buttons.
-
Press TAKE to enter the parameters list.
A message similar to the following is displayed with the relevant port number in place of 06:
OUT: 06
SET: Reset SubBoard
- To select the next parameter press the right arrow button (see Using the Input / Output Cards on page 42 for available parameters).
Or:
- To enter the displayed parameter press TAKE.
The parameter options are displayed.
-
Select the required action or number using the keypad numbers and arrows.
-
Press TAKE to save the change.

The parameter change is not implemented on the system until you press TAKE.
-
Repeat from Step 6 to modify other parameters.
-
Do one of the following:
-
Press BREAKAWAY to exit the Config Menu.
- Wait approximately 15 seconds for the operation to time out.
- Press MENU to exit to the parameter list.
Config Menu—Store Default Setup
This option lets you store the current setup as the default setup. The default setup can be recalled at any time using the DEFAULT SETUP button (see Recalling the Default Setup on page 21).

This is not the setup that is loaded when the unit is switched on.
To store the current setup as the default setup:
- Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu
MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
- Press MENU until the following is displayed:
store DEFAULT setup
press ENTER to store
- Press ENTER to store the current configuration as the default configuration.
The following is displayed:
current matrix stage is OKAY?
press TAKE to confirm
- Press TAKE.
The following is displayed:
current matrix stage
store as DEFAULT setup
This indicates that the current setup is stored as the default setup. After a few seconds the next option on the Config Menu is displayed.
Config Menu—Total Matrix Reset
This option lets you turn all outputs off or reset the unit to its factory default settings.
To reset the matrix setup:
- Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu
MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
- Press MENU until the following is displayed:
TOTAL MATRIX RESET
ESC: exit ENTER = submenu
- Press ENTER to enter the Reset Submenu.
The following is displayed:
COMPLETELY MATRIX RESET
1:ALL outputs OFF 2:Factory default
- Press 1 to turn off all outputs or 2 to perform a factory reset of all options.

Selecting option 2 to perform a factory default reset clears all setups, options and configuration.
- Press TAKE and wait a few seconds.
The following is displayed:
Are you Absolutely sure !!!
Once more TAKE to confirm
- Press TAKE.
The following is displayed:
Matrix erased!!!
Please, wait ...
The matrix and device configuration are erased. After a few seconds the next option on the Config Menu is displayed.
Config Menu—Display Firmware Versions
This option displays the main and front firmware versions.
To display the firmware versions:
1. Press MENU twice.
The following message is displayed:
start configuration menu
MENU to view setup ENTER to change them
2. Press MENU until the following is displayed:
Main Firmware Version: 5.0
Front Firmware Version: 5.0
3. Either:
- Press BREAKAWAY to exit the Config Menu.
- Wait approximately 15 seconds for the operation to time out.
Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports
After installing or removing a module you can set the number of input and output ports so that the VS-1616DN-EM displays only the installed modules. Refer to Port Numbering on page 12 for an explanation of port numbering before setting the number of input and output ports.
To set the number of input or output ports:
- Press ESC, ENTER and LOCK together.
The following is displayed:
Configuration Device
- Press ENTER.
The following is displayed:
Test Board: 1 MaxInput:17 MaxOutput:17

The number of input and output ports can only be set in units of two, for example, 4 x 4, 16 x 4 or 12 x 16.
- Using the numeric keys, enter the number of input and output ports installed.
The TAKE button flashes.
- Press TAKE.
The number of installed ports is saved and the display reverts to the output/input display.
- Reboot the device by turning the power off and then on again.

If you customized the number of displayed ports before installing a new module, you may need to re-customize the displayed ports to reflect your hardware change.
Operating and Configuring – Embedded Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to operate and configure the device via Ethernet using built-in, user-friendly web pages.

You can also operate and configure VS-1616DN-EM via Protocol 3000 API commands (see Protocol 3000 Commands on page 124) and via the front panel buttons (see Operating – Front Panel Buttons on page 17 and Using the Configuration Menus on page 23).
VS-1616DN-EM embedded web pages enable you to do the following:
• Browsing Web Pages on page 35.
- Switching – Web Pages on page 36.
• Copying EDID – Web Pages on page 37.
- Configuring Ports – Web Pages on page 37.
Browsing Web Pages

If a web page does not update correctly, clear your Web browser's cache.
To browse the web pages:
- Connect to VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet (see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet on page 13).
- Type the IP address of the device in the address bar of your internet browser (default = 192.168.1.39).
If security is enabled, the Login window appears.

Figure 12: Embedded Web Pages Login Window
- Enter the Username (default = Admin) and Password (default = Admin) and click Sign in.
The default web page appears.

Figure 13: Default Page with Navigation Pane
- Click the Navigation Pane on the left side of the screen to access the relevant web page.

Click the X next to the navigation pane to hide the names of the pages and the menu icon to show the names of the pages.
Switching – Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to switch inputs to outputs using the embedded web pages.
VS-1616DN-EM web pages enable you to do the following:
- Switching Video – Web Pages on page 36.
• Turning Off Outputs – Web Pages on page 37.
Switching Video – Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to switch video signals from inputs to outputs using the embedded web pages.
To switch video using the embedded web pages:
- Go to the Routing Settings page.
The Routing Settings page opens. - Click the circle that intersects the input and output that you want to switch.
The selected circle turns green, and the video input is switched to the output.
Turning Off Outputs – Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to turn off outputs, so that they are not connected to any input.
To turn off an output:
- Go to the Routing Settings page.
- Click the circle in the CLOSE row that corresponds to the output that you want to turn off.
The selected output is turned off.
Copying EDID – Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to copy an EDID from any input or output to any input using the embedded web pages.
To copy an EDID:
- Go to the EDID Management page.
- Click an input or output in the Read From area.
-OR-
Click DEFAULT to use the default EDID. - Click all relevant Inputs in the Copy to area.

Select the All checkbox to copy to all inputs.
- Click COPY.
The selected EDID is copied to all selected inputs.
Configuring Ports – Web Pages
VS-1616DN-EM enables you to configure settings for each input or output on a module card that is installed into the chassis.
To configure settings for a port:
- On the Port tab of the Settings page, click the relevant port from the Port List.
The Information panel for the selected port appears. - Configure settings as needed.
Using the Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card
Defining the Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card
The Test Video Plus Analog Audio card is a 2-Input/Output DVI with Analog Audio Card (F-16), preinstalled in the VS-1616DN-EM for initial setup and installation purposes (see Figure 3 for more information). For information on using the Test Video Plus Analog Audio card for troubleshooting audio and video problems, see Using the Test Module to Troubleshoot Video and Audio Problems on page 89.

Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card Configuration
The Test Video Plus Analog Audio card configuration table appears as follows when configured as an input card:
| Test Video Plus Analog Audio Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| Audio Select | Selects the audio source:Auto—Audio signal selection is controlled by the presence or absence of a plug in the 3.5mm mini jack. When present, AUD-Analog is selected, when absent, AUD-Embedded is selected.AUD-Embedded—HDMI audio is selected.AUD-Analog—Analog audio is selected. | Auto |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
The Test Video Plus Analog Audio card configuration table appears as follows when configured as an output card:
| Test Video Plus Analog Audio Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Output | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input. | Non-MUTE |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70). | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100). | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Mono | OFF— Analog output is stereo.MIX— Analog output is mono. | OFF |
Test Video Plus Analog Audio Card Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 1 DVI-D on a DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connector2 unbalanced analog audio on 3.5mm mini jack connectors |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | 5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.3 kg (0.66 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video
The test module generates a range of both PC and HD resolutions which are selected by a combination of DIP-switches and an on-board jumper (labeled #1). Install the jumper to select HD resolutions or remove the jumper to select PC resolutions.
The Resolution DIP-switch is used to set the resolution of the generated video:
| Available PC Resolutions for Generated Video (Jumper Off) | ||
| DIP-switch Position | Resolution | |
| 1 | 2 | |
| OFF | OFF | 1024 x 768 @60Hz |
| ON | OFF | 1280 x 1024 @60Hz |
| OFF | ON | 1600 x 1200 @60Hz |
| ON | ON | 1920 x 1200 @60Hz |
| Available HD Resolutions for Generated Video (Jumper On, Default) | ||
| DIP-switch Position | Resolution | |
| 1 | 2 | |
| OFF | OFF | 480p (default) |
| ON | OFF | 720p |
| OFF | ON | 1080i |
| ON | ON | 1080p |
Figure 14 shows the Resolution DIP-switch with both switches off (up, default, 480p).

Figure 14: Resolution DIP-switch
Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video
The Pattern button is used to set the pattern of generated video. There are 32 available patterns. Press the button repeatedly to cycle through the patterns.
Installing the Test Module
By default, the test module is installed in the configuration. If you uninstalled the test module in the configuration, it must be reinstalled before it can be used. When installing the test module, the number of configured inputs and outputs must be increased by one. For example:
- If your VS-1616DN-EM has four inputs and eight outputs, you must configure the VS-1616DN-EM as 5 x 9
- If your VS-1616DN-EM has 16 inputs and 16 outputs, you must configure the VS-1616DN-EM as 17 x 17
To install the test module in the configuration:
- Press ESC, ENTER and LOCK together.
The following is displayed:
Configuration Device
- Press ENTER.
The following is displayed:
Test Board: 0 MaxInput:16 MaxOutput:16
where 0 indicates that the test module is not installed.
-
Using the numeric keys, press 1 to indicate that the test module is installed. The TAKE button flashes.
-
Press TAKE.
-
Increase the number of configured inputs and outputs by one (see Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports on page 33).
-
Power cycle the device. The test module is now installed and may be used.
Using the Input / Output Cards
This section defines the input / output cards and their relevant parameters.
Configuration information in this section refers to menus of the OUTPUTS/INPUTS LCD display on the front panel of the matrix. For information about configuring input / output cards from the embedded web pages, see Configuring Ports – Web Pages on page 37.

Not all options are displayed for every menu selection. Some parameters depend on the specific selection of other parameters.
The volume control provides only attenuation, not gain. Hence, setting volume to 100% provides 0 attenuation.
Defining the UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16
The UHD-IN2-F16 is a two-channel 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI input card. The UHD-IN2-F16 inputs two HDMI signals into the chassis:

natural_image
Close-up of two electronic components with no visible text or symbols on the parts themselvesThe UHD-OUT2-F16 is a two-channel 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI output card. The UHD-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDMI signals from the chassis:

natural_image
Two black rectangular electronic components on a dark background, labeled 'UHD' and 'OUT', with no visible text or symbols.The UHD-IN2-F16 and UHD-OUT2-F16 cards feature:
- ARC support.
• EDID Capture - Copies and stores the EDID from a display device. - Kramer Equalization and re-Klocking™ Technology.
UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The UHD-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| UHD-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS.Note: Analog audio is still transmitted when HDCP is disabled. | 0 |
| Reset Input | Re-power: power cycles the port.Factory: performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
The UHD-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| UHD-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
| Reset Output | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.97Gbps per graphics channel |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 8.91Gbps data rate |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 10m (32ft) – 4K60 4:2:0 or 4K30 4:4:415m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| HDMI SUPPORT: | 3D, Deep Color, x.v.ColorTM, ARC, Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS-HD®, 7.1 multi-channel audio |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 3.7WOutput card: 4W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16
The UHDA-IN2-F16 is a two-channel 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI with analog audio input card. The UHDA-IN2-F16 inputs two HDMI signals to the chassis with optional embedding/de-embedding of unbalanced stereo audio to/from each HDMI port on the card:

The UHDA-OUT2-F16 is a two-channel 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI with analog audio output card. The UHDA-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDMI signals from the chassis with optional de-embedding/embedding of unbalanced stereo audio to/from each HDMI port on the card:

The UHDA-IN2-F16 and UHDA-OUT2-F16 cards feature:
- Analog audio embedding/de-embedding on the same jack and ARC on the upper port.
• EDID capture: Copies and stores the EDID from a display device. - Kramer Equalization and re-Klocking™ technology.

When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with stereo analog audio outputs, the analog audio out connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only.
Each audio jack enables audio insertion/extraction only to/from its corresponding HDMI port.
UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The UHDA-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| UHDA-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE: mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE: unmutes the audio input.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Audio Select | AUD-Digital: Digital audio is selected.AUD-Analog: Analog audio from the 3.5mm mini jack is selected. | AUD-Digital |
| ST | Selects the manner in which the analog audio port functions.0=Input. If an analog source is connected, the port acts as an input and embeds the audio into the HDMI signal that goes to the matrix.1=Output. The audio is de-embedded from the HDMI source and is output as analog audio. (Note: The 3.5mm mini jack connector acts as an output in this case!)2=ARC. The audio is taken from the 3.5mm mini jack connector and sent to the ARC device which is connected to the HDMI input. | 0 |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS.Note: Analog audio is still transmitted when HDCP is disabled. | 0 |
| Reset Input | Re-power: power cycles the port.Factory: performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
The UHDA-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| UHDA-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70). | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100). | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE: mutes the audio output.Non-MUTE: unmutes the audio output.Note: When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute. | Non-MUTE |
| Audio Mono | OFF—Analog output is stereo.MIX—Analog output is mono. | OFF |
| ST | Selects the manner in which the analog audio port functions.0=Input. If an analog source is connected, the 3.5mm mini jack connector acts as an input and embeds the audio into the HDMI output signal.1=Output. The audio is de-embedded from the HDMI signal routed to this card, and is output as analog audio with the 3.5mm mini jack connector acting as an output.2=ARC. The audio is taken from the sink that supports ARC and is output as analog audio on the 3.5mm mini jack connector. | 1 |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
| Reset Output | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI2 Analog audio on 3.5mm mini jacks |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.97Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 8.91Gpbs |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 10m (32ft) – 4K60 4:2:0 or 4K30 4:4:415m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| HDMI SUPPORT: | 3D, Deep Color, x.v.ColorTM, ARC, Dolby® TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS-HD®, 7.1 multi-channel audio |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 5.2WOutput card: 5.5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16
The HDBT7-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI over HDBaseT card (F-16). The HDBT7-IN2-F16 inputs two HDBaseT signals with bidirectional RS-232 and IR from the line to the chassis:

The HDBT7-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI over HDBaseT card (F-16). The HDBT7-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDBaseT, bidirectional RS-232 and IR signals from the chassis to the line:

The HDBT7-IN2-F16 and HDBT7-OUT2-F16 cards feature Kramer Equalization and re-Klocking™ technology. The cards include a 3.5mm jack for connecting an IR emitter, such as the C-A35M/IRE, or an IR receiver, such as the C-A35M/IRRN. The HDBT7-IN2-F16 and HDBT7-OUT2-F16 cards also include a terminal block for connecting via RS-232. For information on connecting via RS-232, see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13.
HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HDBT7-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDBT7-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Input | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
The HDBT7-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDBT7-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| ResetOutput | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| SwitchSpeed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | NormalSwitch |
HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

HDBT cards must be used with twisted pair cables with RJ-45 connections, such as Kramer BC-UNIKAT shielded twisted pair (U/FTP) cables.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial ports on a 10-pin terminal block2 IR ports on 3.5mm jacks |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | Video: 3.4GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | Video: 10.2GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 40m (130ft) – 4K @60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K @30Hz 4:4:470m (230ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 10WOutput card: 8W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.16 kg (0.35 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.35 kg (0.77 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDBaseT, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
| INCLUDED ACCESSORIES: | Screwdriver |
Defining the DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16
The DTAxr-IN2-F16 is a 2-input 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI over HDBaseT card with selectable embedded or de-embedded analog audio (F-16). The DTAxr-IN2-F16 inputs two extended reach HDBaseT signals with analog audio, bidirectional RS-232, and IR from the line to the chassis.
The DTAxr-IN2-F16 inputs two HDBaseT signals to the chassis with optional embedding/de-embedding of unbalanced stereo audio to/from each HDBT port on the card:

The DTAxr-OUT2-F16 is a 2-output 4K60 4:2:0 HDMI over HDBaseT card with selectable embedded or de-embedded analog audio (F-16). The DTAxr-OUT2-F16 outputs two extended reach HDBaseT signals with analog audio, bidirectional RS-232, and IR from the chassis to the line.
The DTAxr-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDBaseT signals from the chassis with optional de-embedding/embedding of unbalanced stereo audio to/from each HDBT port on the card:

The DTAxr-IN2-F16 and DTAxr-OUT2-F16 cards include a terminal block for connecting analog audio, RS-232, an IR emitter, such as the C-A35M/IRE, or an IR receiver, such as the C-A35M/IRRN. For information on the IR wiring scheme, see IR Wiring Scheme for HDBT Cards on page 58. For information on connecting via RS-232, see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13.

When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with stereo analog audio outputs, the analog audio out connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only. Each audio jack enables audio insertion/extraction only to/from its corresponding HDMI port.
DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The DTAxr-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| DTAxr-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Audio Select | AUD-Embedded—HDMI audio is selected.AUD-Analog—Analog audio from the 16-pin terminal block is selected.Note: Not applicable when the audio port is set to output (ST=1). | AUD-Embedded |
| ST | Sets the direction of the audio port:0—Audio is set to input1—Audio is set to outputNote: This parameter affects both audio ports on the card. The direction of the audio signal is indicated by the I/O LED above the terminal block:ON—Audio is set to inputOFF—Audio is set to output | 0 |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
| XTRA | Enables range extender. Off for distances of up to 100m at 4K@60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K@30Hz 4:4:4 or up to 130m at 2K; On for distances of up to 180m at 1080p @60Hz @24bpp.*0:ON, 1:OFF.Note: Distances are valid when using Kramer BC-UNIKAT cables. | 1 |
| Reset Input | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory Reset: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input. Audio is unmuted if any of the audio parameters are modified.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
The DTAxr-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| DTAxr-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input. Audio is unmuted if any of the audio parameters are modified.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Audio Mono | OFF—Analog output is stereo.MIX—Analog output is mono.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | OFF |
| ST | Sets the direction of the audio port:0—Audio is set to input1—Audio is set to outputNote: This parameter affects both audio ports on the card. The direction of the audio signal is indicated by the I/O LED above the terminal block:ON—Audio is set to inputOFF—Audio is set to output | 1 |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | NormalSwitch |
| Reset Output | Re-power: power cycle the port.Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| XTRA | Enables range extender. Off for distances of up to 100m at 4K@60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K@30Hz 4:4:4 or 130m at 2K; On for distances of up to 180m at 1080p @60Hz @24bpp.*0:ON, 1:OFF, 2:AUTO.Note: Distances are valid when using Kramer BC-UNIKAT cables. | 2 |
| Audio Select | AUD-Embedded—HDMI audio is selected.AUD-Analog—Analog audio from the 16-pin terminal block is selected.Note: Not applicable when the audio port is set to output (ST=1). | AUD-Embedded |
DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

HDBT cards must be used with twisted pair cables with RJ-45 connections, such as Kramer BC-UNIKAT shielded twisted pair (U/FTP) cables.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial ports, 2 IR ports, and 2 analog audio ports on a 16-pin terminal block1 Ethernet port on an RJ-45 connector |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | Video: 3.4GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | Video: 10.2GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 100m (330ft) – 4K @60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K @30Hz 4:4:4 (normal mode)130m (430ft) – 2K (normal mode)180m (590ft) – 1080p @60Hz @24bpp (ultra-mode) when usingBC-UNIKAT cables |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 17WOutput card: 13W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.26 kg (0.57 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.28 kg (0.62 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDBaseT, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
| INCLUDED ACCESSORIES: | Screwdriver |
Defining the HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16
The HDBT-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI over HDBaseT Card (F-16):

The HDBT-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI over HDBaseT Card (F-16):

The HDBT-IN2-F16 and HDBT-OUT2-F16 cards include a terminal block for connecting via RS-232 or an IR emitter, such as the C-A35M/IRE, or an IR receiver, such as the C-A35M/IRRN. For information on the IR wiring scheme, see IR Wiring Scheme for HDBT Cards on page 58. For information on connecting via RS-232, see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13.
HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HDBT-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDBT-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
| XTRA | Enables range extender. Off for distances of up to 130m at 1080p @60Hz @36bpp; On for distances of up to 180m at 1080p @60Hz @24bpp.*0:ON, 1:OFF.Note: Distances are valid when using Kramer BC-UNIKAT cables. | 1 |
The HDBT-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDBT-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
| XTRA | Enables range extender. Off for distances of up to 130m at 1080p @60Hz @36bpp; On for distances of up to 180m at 1080p @60Hz @24bpp.*0:ON, 1:OFF.Note:Distances are valid when using Kramer BC-UNIKAT cables. | 1 |
HDBT-IN2-F16 / HDBT-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

HDBT cards must be used with twisted pair cables with RJ-45 connections, such as Kramer BC-UNIKAT shielded twisted pair (U/FTP) cables.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial ports and 2 IR ports on a 10-pin terminal block1 Ethernet port on an RJ-45 connector |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | Video: 2.25GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | Video: 6.75GbpsSerial Data: 115200 |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 130m (430ft) normal mode180m (590ft) ultra-mode (1080p @60Hz @24bpp) when using BC-UNIKAT cables |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 15.5WOutput card: 10.5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.16 kg (0.35 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.3 kg (0.66 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDBaseT |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
IR Wiring Scheme for HDBT Cards
HDBT cards that support IR include either a 3.5mm jack or a terminal block for connecting an IR emitter, such as the C-A35M/IRE, or an IR receiver, such as the C-A35M/IRRN.
To connect an IR emitter / receiver:
- Using the supplied terminal block connector, connect an IR emitter / receiver according to the wiring scheme in Figure 15:

Figure 15: Connecting IR Emitter / Receiver to the HDBT-B Port

The terminal block size and supplied connector differs according to the type of HDBT card. However, the wiring scheme for connecting the IR emitter / receiver is the same for all HDBT cards.
Defining the HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16
The HH-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI Card (F-16):

The HH-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI Card (F-16):

natural_image
Close-up of two black USB flash drives on a dark surface, labeled 'HDCP' and 'OUT', with no visible text or symbols beyond labels.HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HH-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HH-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
| Color Space | Selects the color space of the internal video bus (input is converted to this color space for internal processing only): RGB, Auto. | Auto |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
The HH-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HH-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Output | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input / Output card: 5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the HS-OUT2-F16
The HS-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI Scaler-Switcher Card (F-16):

HS-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HS-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HS-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—The output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI— Force the output to be HDMI.DVI— Force the output to be DVI.Note: When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| ResetOutput | Re-power—Power cycle the port.Factory default—Perform a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| Video-Freeze | Freezes/unfreezes the output video.OffOn | Off |
| PictureAspectRatio | Sets the picture aspect ratio.FullCropBest-Fit | Best-Fit |
| OutResolution | Sets the output video resolution.640x480x60720x480px60720x576px50800x600x601024x768x601280x720px501280x720px601280x1024x601600x1200x601920x1200x601920x1080px501920x1080px60NativeNote:To ensure a stable output signal using either WUXGA(1920X1200) or UXGA (1600X1200), set the output to 8 bit color depth in the Deep Color menu.Note:For best switching performance ensure that both inputs on the card have the same frame rate. | 1920x1080px60 |
| SwitchSpeed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Ex-fast |
| FPGA VER | The FPGA version. | |
| FW VER | The firmware version. | |
| SPECVER:0107 | For internal use only. | |
| AUTOSYNC OFF | Determines the timeout period before turning off the output video signal after no input signal is detected. (A black output video signal is sent during this predetermined timeout period.)0—(Default) Do not turn off the output video signal (keep the output signal alive indefinitely.1—Turn off the output signal 5 minutes after detecting a loss of the input video signal.2—Turn off the output signal 10 seconds after detecting a loss of the input video signal. | 0 |
HS-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps per graphic channel |
| MAX DATA RATE: | 6.75Gbps (2.25Gbps per graphic channel) |
| MAX. SCALED OUTPUT RESOLUTION: | 1080p, UXGA |
| MAX. INPUT RESOLUTION: | 1080p, UXGA |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) |
| SWITCHING TIME BETWEEN INPUTS: | Less than 1 second (seamless) |
| VIDEO LATENCY: | Less than 3 frames |
| OUTPUT RESOLUTIONS: | Native, 640x480@60Hz, 720x480p@60Hz, 720x576p@50Hz, 800x600@60Hz, 1024x768@60Hz, 1280x720p@50Hz, 1280x720p@60Hz, 1280x1024@60Hz, 1600x1200@60Hz, 1920x1200@60Hz, 1920x1080p@50Hz, 1920x1080p@60Hz |
| STANDARDS COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | 22W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.3 kg (0.66 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16
The HAD-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI with Digital Audio Card (F-16).
The HAD-IN2-F16 inputs two HDMI signals to the chassis with optional embedding of digital S/PDIF audio to each HDMI port on the card:

The HAD-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI with Digital Audio Card (F-16).
The HAD-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDMI signals from the chassis with de-embedding of digital S/PDIF audio from each HDMI port on the card:


Each audio jack enables audio insertion/extraction only to/from its corresponding HDMI port.
HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HAD-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HAD-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
| Color Space | Selects the color space of the internal video bus (input is converted to this color space for internal processing only): RGB, Auto. | Auto |
| Audio Select | Selects the audio source:Auto—Audio signal selection is controlled by the presence or absence of a plug in the RCA port. When present, AUD-Digital is selected, when absent, AUD-Embedded is selected.AUD-Embedded—HDMI audio is selected.AUD-Digital—S/PDIF audio is selected. | Auto |
The HAD-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HAD-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset | Re-power: power cycle the port. | Re-power |
| Output | Factory default: perform a factory reset of the port to default values. | |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note: When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI2 Digital audio on RCA connectors |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input / Output card: 5.5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16
The HAA-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI with Analog Audio Card (F-16). The HAA-IN2-F16 inputs two HDMI signals to the chassis with optional embedding of unbalanced stereo audio to each HDMI port on the card:

The HAA-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI with Analog Audio Card (F-16). The HAA-OUT2-F16 outputs two HDMI signals from the chassis with de-embedding of unbalanced stereo audio from each HDMI port on the card:


When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with stereo analog audio outputs, the analog audio out connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only.
Each audio jack enables audio insertion/extraction only to/from its corresponding HDMI port.
HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HAA-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HAA-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS.Note: Analog audio is still transmitted when HDCP is disabled. | 0 |
| Color Space | Selects the color space of the internal video bus (input is converted to this color space for internal processing only): RGB, Auto. | Auto |
| Audio Select | AutoAUD-Embedded—HDMI audio is selected.AUD-Analog—Analog audio from the 3.5mm mini jack is selected. | Auto |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
The HAA-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HAA-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| ResetOutput | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| SwitchSpeed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | NormalSwitch |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note:When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute.Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| AudioBalance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| AudioTreble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| AudioMono | OFF—Analog output is stereo.MIX—Analog output is mono.Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | OFF |
HAA-IN2-F16 / HAA-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI2 Analog audio on 3.5mm mini jacks |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 6.5WOutput card: 7W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16
The HDCP-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input DVI (HDCP) Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a network device showing HDCP and IN ports with hexagonal connectors (no text or symbols beyond labels)The HDCP-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output DVI (HDCP) Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a network device showing HDCP and OUT ports with connector icons (no text or symbols beyond labels)HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The HDCP-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDCP-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
The HDCP-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| HDCP-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note: When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
HDCP-IN2-F16 / HDCP-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 DVI-D on a DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connector |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input / Output card: 5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP, HDMI |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16
The DGKat-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI & RS-232 over DGKat Card (F-16):

The DGKat-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI & RS-232 Input over DGKat Card (F-16):

DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The DGKat-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| DGKat-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
The DGKat-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| DGKat-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits.Note:Deep color on DGKat is not supported at higher resolutions (1080p @50/60Hz or WUXGA). When setting deep color to on, ensure that the resolution does not exceed the DGKat maximum data rate of 4.95Gbps (1.65Gbps per graphic channel). | Auto |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
DGKat-IN2-F16 / DGKat-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

DGKat cards must be used with shielded twisted pair cables with RJ-45 connections, such as the Kramer BC-UNIKAT. For more information, see the DGKat Installation Guide. DGKat cards support Deep Color only at resolutions of 720p and lower.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 TP DGKat ports on RJ-452 Serial ports on 3-pin terminal blocks |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | Video: 1.65GbpsSerial Data: 19200 |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | Video: 4.95GbpsSerial Data: 19200 |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 90m (300ft) – 1080p @60Hz when using BC-UINIKAT cable |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 12WOutput card: 10W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.16 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
| INCLUDED ACCESSORIES: | Screwdriver |
About the Power Connect™ Feature
The Power Connect™ feature here means that the VS-1616DN-EM can supply power to the TP transmitters and receivers (for example, the TP-573 and TP-574).
Serial Data Flow on DGKat Plus RS-232 Cards
Serial data present on the RS-232 port of a DGKat input /output card is not transmitted via the switcher. This data is transmitted over the TP cable of the same input / output card (see Figure 16).

flowchart
graph LR
A["Server Rack 1"] -->|RS-232 Data| B["Data Port"]
A -->|TP Signal| C["Sensor icon"]
A -->|RS-232 Data| D["Sensor icon"]
A -->|RS-232 Data| E["Data Port"]
F["Server Rack 2"] -->|RS-232 Data| G["Data Port"]
F -->|TP Signal| H["Sensor icon"]
F -->|RS-232 Data| I["Sensor icon"]
F -->|RS-232 Data| J["Data Port"]
Figure 16: DGKat Card Serial Data Transmission
Defining the F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16
F670 cards are fully compatible with the Kramer 670T/670R and 671T/671R HDMI/DVI transmitters and receivers for non-HDCP content.
The F670-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input HDMI over OM3 Fiber Card (F-16):

The F670-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output HDMI over OM3 Fiber Card (F-16):

F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The F670-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| F670-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDCP | Turn HDCP on and off.*0=EN, 1=DIS. | 0 |
The F670-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| F670-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| ResetOutput | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| HDMI | Sets the output signal format (Display, HDMI, DVI).Display—the output is set automatically based on the EDID of the connected display.HDMI—Force the output to be HDMI.DVI—Force the output to be DVI.Note:When selecting the DVI option, verify that the input signal originates as RGB or that you convert it to RGB in the input card's Color Space menu – if the EDID dictates RGB color space, copy an EDID that allows RGB only and not YcBcR. When selecting the DVI option and fast switching is enabled, you must ensure that the source is DVI compatible. | Display |
| Deep Color | Sets maximum color bit depth (Auto, 8 bit).Auto—Set the color depth automatically.8 bit—Limit the color depth to 8 bits. | Auto |
| SwitchSpeed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | NormalSwitch |
F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

F670 cards must be used with multi-mode glass fiber cables with SC connections, such as the Kramer C-SC/SC/OM3.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 SC |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.25Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 1700m (5570ft) – 1080p/60Hz |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 7WOutput card: 7.5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.14 kg (0.31 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.28 kg (0.62 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16
The F610-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input DVI over 4LC Fiber Card (F-16):

The F610-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output DVI over 4LC Fiber Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a network device showing multiple Ethernet ports (CK, B, G, R) with control buttons labeled DVI and OUT (no readable text beyond labels)F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The F610-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| F610-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
F610-IN2-F16 / F610-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications

F610 cards must be used with multi-mode glass fiber cables with LC connections, such as the Kramer C-4LC/4LC.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 4 LC ports |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 1.65Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 6.75Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 400m (1310ft) using Multi Mode OM2 fiber |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 2.8WOutput card: 3.8W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | DVI 1.0 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16
The DVI-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input DVI Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a network device showing four connected DVI and IN ports (no text or symbols beyond labels)The DVI-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output DVI Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a computer drive showing four connected D-sub drives (no text or symbols visible)DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The DVI-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| DVI-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 DVI-D on DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connectors |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 1.65Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 4.95Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 1.6WOutput card: 2.2W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | DVI 1.0 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16
The DL-IN1-F16 is a 1-Input DVI Dual Link Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a server interface showing ports, drive, and indicator lights (no readable text or symbols)The DL-OUT1-F16 is a 1-Output DVI Dual Link Card (F-16):

natural_image
Front panel of a server interface showing DIP socket, ports labeled DL and OUT (no readable text or symbols beyond labels)DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16 Configuration
N/A
DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 1 DVI-D on a DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connector |
| BANDWIDTH: | 3.3Gbps |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 9.9Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 1.6WOutput card: 2W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | DVI 1.0 |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the SDIA-IN2-F16
The SDIA-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input SDI with Analog Audio Card (F-16):

SDIA-IN2-F16 Configuration
The SDIA-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| SDIA-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Color Space | Selects the color space of the internal video bus (input is converted to this color space for internal processing only): RGB, YUV422, YUV444. | RGB |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory default—Performs a factory reset to default values of the port. | Re-power |
| Volume | Sets the volume of audio port. Range: 0-70.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the balance of the audio port. Range: 0-100.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the bass of the audio port. Range: 0-15.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the treble of the audio port. Range: 0-15.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | Enables muting or enabling the audio on the audio port:MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note:When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute.Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Audio Select | Selects the audio source:Auto—Audio signal selection is controlled by the presence or absence of a plug in the 3.5mm mini jack. When present, AUD-Analog is selected, when absent, AUD-Embedded is selected.AUD-Embedded—In-band SDI audio is selected.AUD-Analog—3.5mm mini jack analog stereo audio is selected. | Auto |
| SDI_AUDIO_SWITCH | Selects the SDI audio channel. Range: 0-15 (see SDI Audio Switch Configuration on page 78). Only available when Audio Select is set to AUD-Embedded. | 0 |
SDI Audio Switch Configuration
The selected in-band SDI channels to be embedded into the HDMI matrix port audio channel can be configured in the SDI_AUDIO_SWITCH menu. Each input's SDI audio switch can be configured separately. The card stores the current option for each port.
The following table describes the values in the SDI_AUDIO_SWITCH menu:
| Value | SDI Audio Number | Description | |
| Group # | Channel Pair # | ||
| 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 channels (Stereo) |
| 1 | 2 | ||
| 2 | 2 | 1 | |
| 3 | 2 | ||
| 4 | 3 | 1 | |
| 5 | 2 | ||
| 6 | 4 | 1 | |
| 7 | 2 | ||
| 8 | 1 | 1 + 2 | 4 channels |
| 9 | 2 | 1 + 2 | |
| 10 | 1 | 1 + 2 | 6 channels (5.1 surround) |
| + | + | ||
| 2 | 1 | ||
| 11 | 1 | 1 + 2 | 8 channels (7.1 surround) |
| + | + | ||
| 2 | 1 + 2 | ||
| 12 | 3 | 1 + 2 | 4 channels |
| 13 | 4 | 1 + 2 | |
| 14 | 3 | 1 + 2 | 6 channels (5.1 surround) |
| + | + | ||
| 4 | 1 | ||
| 15 | 3 | 1 + 2 | 8 channels (7.1 surround) |
| + | + | ||
| 4 | 1 + 2 | ||
SDIA-IN2-F16 Technical Specifications

The SDIA-IN2-F16 does not support 3D functionality. The card supports 3Gbps, HD, and SD.
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 unbalanced analog audio on 3.5mm mini jack connectors2 SDI, 75Ω on BNC connectors |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | 3Gbps |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 300m (980ft) – SD200m (655ft) – HD 1080p90m (295ft) – 3G 1080p |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | 6W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | - |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16
The VGA-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input VGA Card (F-16):

natural_image
Close-up of two connected VGA connectors with visible pin labels (PC and IN) on a dark surface (no text beyond labels)The VGA-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output VGA Card (F-16):

natural_image
Close-up of two connected VGA connectors with visible pin labels (PC and OUT), no text or symbols on the devices themselves.VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The VGA-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| VGA-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Resolution Detect | Auto, User Defined, Auto Adjust, (see note below table). | Auto |
| Phase Mode | Auto, User Defined, Auto Adjust, (see note below table). | User Defined |
| Brightness | (0–63) | 32 |
| Contrast | (0–63) | 32 |
| Phase adjustment | (0–63)Note: This adjustment is only valid when Phase Mode Is set to User Defined mode. | As detected |
| Reset Input | Re-power: power cycles the port.Factory: performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Hor-Total Pixels | Set the value for total horizontal pictures.(1–7000) | As detected |
| Horizontal-Start | Set the value for horizontal start.(1–600) | As detected |
| Horizontal-Active | Set the value for horizontal active pixels.(1–4000) | As detected |
| Vertical-Start | Set the value for vertical start.(1–255) | As detected |
| Vertical-Active | Set the value for vertical active pixels.(1–3000) | As detected |
| Save Timing Para | (0–31) | 0 |
| Recall Timing Para | (0–31) | 0 |
| R-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| G-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| B-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| R-gain | (0–63) | 32 |
| G-gain | (0–63) | 32 |
| B-gain | (0–63) | 32 |

The Auto Adjust feature requires the device to recalculate the parameters based on the currently connected source. The result may be different from the standard parameters for the currently set resolution. The result is saved in non-volatile memory and is recalled when the same source is used again. In order to revert to auto predefined parameters, either reset to factory setting with the relevant source connected or connect a different source.
The VGA-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| VGA-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | Normal Switch |
VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 VGA on 15-pin HD connectors |
| BANDWIDTH: | 450MHz |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 10m (32ft) |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 5.5WOutput card: 4W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | - |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16
The VGAA-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input VGA with Analog Audio Card (F-16):

natural_image
Close-up of two connected USB connectors with visible pins, labeled 'PC-A' and 'IN' (no additional text or symbols)The VGAA-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output VGA with Analog Audio Card (F-16):

natural_image
Close-up of two connected VGA connectors with visible pin labels (PC-A and OUT), no additional text or symbols present.
Audio output is accessed by connecting the two supplied Kramer C-GF/GMAF-30 cables to each VGA port as illustrated in Figure 17.
When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with stereo analog audio outputs, the analog audio out connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only.

natural_image
Illustration of a computer interface with two connected USB connectors and a PC-A panel (no text or symbols visible)Figure 17: Accessing Audio over VGA
VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16 Configuration
The VGAA-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| VGAA-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Resolution Detect | Auto, User Defined, Auto Adjust, (see note below table). | Auto |
| Phase Mode | Auto, User Defined, Auto Adjust, (see note below table). | Auto |
| Brightness | (0–63) | 32 |
| Contrast | (0–63) | 32 |
| Phase adjustment | (0–63)Note: This adjustment is only valid when Phase Mode Is set to User Defined mode. | As detected |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory—Performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Hor-Total Pixels | Set the value for total horizontal pictures.(1–7000) | As detected |
| Horizontal-Start | Set the value for horizontal start.(1–600) | As detected |
| Horizontal-Active | Set the value for horizontal active pixels.(1–4000) | As detected |
| Vertical-Start | Set the value for vertical start.(1–255) | As detected |
| Vertical-Active | Set the value for vertical active pixels.(1–3000) | As detected |
| Save Timing Para | (0–31) | N/A |
| Recall Timing Para | (0–31) | N/A |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70). | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100). | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note: When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute. | Non-MUTE |
| R-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| G-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| B-offset | (0–63) | 32 |
| R-gain | (0–63) | 32 |
| G-gain | (0–63) | 32 |
| B-gain | (0–63) | 32 |

The Auto Adjust feature requires the device to recalculate the parameters based on the currently connected source. The result may be different from the standard parameters for the currently set resolution. The result is saved in non-volatile memory and is recalled when the same source is used again. In order to revert to auto predefined parameters, either reset to factory setting with the relevant source connected or connect a different source.
The VGAA-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| VGAA-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Output | Re-power: power cycles the port.Factory: performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Switch Speed | When switching between different sources the switching time can be reduced by setting the fast switch level (Ex-fast Switch, Fast Switch or Normal Switch). | NormalSwitch |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70). | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100). | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15). | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE: mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE: unmutes the audio input.Note: When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute. | Non-MUTE |
| OUT_HSYNC_INVERT | Sets the H_SYNC invert.(0, 1) | 0 |
| OUT_VSYNC_INVERT | Sets the V_SYNC invert.(0, 1) | 0 |
VGAA-OUT2-F16 / VGAA-IN2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 VGA on 15-pin HD connectors2 unbalanced analog audio on 3.5mm mini jack connectors (accessible via C-GF/GMAF-30 cables) |
| BANDWIDTH: | 450MHz |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 10m (32ft) |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input card: 9.5WOutput card: 5.5W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.13 kg (0.29 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.52 kg (1.15 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | - |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
| INCLUDED ACCESSORIES: | 2 C-GF/GMAF-30 cables |
Defining the AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16
The AAD-IN2-F16 is a 2-Input Analog & Digital Audio Card (F-16):

The AAD-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Output Analog & Digital Audio Card (F-16):


When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with digital and analog stereo audio outputs, the digital connectors output multi-channel audio and the analog connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only.
AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The AAD-IN2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| AAD-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Pattern | RGB Bar, Black. | RGB Bar |
| Reset Input | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory Reset—Performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Audio Select | Selects the audio source:Auto—Audio signal selection is controlled by the presence or absence of a plug in the RCA port. When present, AUD-Digital is selected, when absent, AUD-Analog is selected.AUD-Digital—Digital audio is selected from the RCA ports.AUD-Analog—Analog audio from the 5-pin terminal blocks is selected. | Auto |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio input.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio input.Note:When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute.Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. Applies to analog inputs and outputs only. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note:Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
The AAD-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| AAD-OUT2-F16 Output Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Reset Output | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory Reset—Performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Volume | Sets the audio output volume (0–70).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Balance | Sets the audio output channel balance (0–100).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 50 |
| Audio Bass | Sets the audio output bass level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Treble | Sets the audio output treble level (0–15).Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | 7 |
| Audio Mute | MUTE—Mutes the audio output.Non-MUTE—Unmutes the audio output.Note: When set to Mute, any change to the audio parameters automatically sets this to unmute.Note: Not applicable when digital audio is selected. | Non-MUTE |
| Audio MONO | OFF—Analog output is stereo.MIX—Analog output is mono. | OFF |
AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
The following table defines the technical specifications.
| PORTS: | 2 S/PDIF (digital audio) on RCA connectors2 balanced audio stereo (analog audio) on 5-pin terminal blocks |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | - |
| TOTAL BANDWIDTH: | Analog (-3db): >100kHzDigital: 32kHz - 192kHz sample frequency |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | Input / Output card: 5.8W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.37 kg (0.82 lbs) approx. |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Defining the UHDS-OUT2-F16
UHDS-OUT2-F16 is a 2-Channel 4K HDMI Scaler-Switcher Output Card:

natural_image
Close-up of two black electronic connectors with metallic pins, labeled 'SOHOS' and 'OUT' (no additional text or symbols)
When a multi-channel audio input signal is routed to a card with digital and analog stereo audio outputs, the digital connectors output multi-channel audio and the analog connectors output the front right and front left audio channels only.
UHDS-OUT2-F16 Configuration
The UHDS-OUT2-F16 configuration table appears as follows:
| AAD-IN2-F16 Input Card | ||
| Parameter | Description | Default |
| Brightness | (0–63) | 32 |
| Contrast | (0–63) | 32 |
| Reset Output | Re-power—Power cycles the port.Factory Reset—Performs a factory reset of the port to default values. | Re-power |
| Out Resolution | Sets the output video resolution.1920x1080px601920x1080px501280x720px601280x720px50720x480px60720x586px501920x1080px251920x1080px303840x2160x303840x2160x25Note: For best switching performance ensure that both inputs on the card have the same frame rate. | 3840x2160x30 |
UHDS-OUT2-F16 Technical Specifications
| PORTS: | 2 HDMI |
| BANDWIDTH PER CHANNEL: | 2.97Gbps per graphic channel |
| MAX DATA RATE: | 8.91Gbps |
| MAX. SCALED OUTPUT RESOLUTION: | 4K@30Hz (4:4:4) |
| MAX. INPUT RESOLUTION: | 4K@30Hz (4:4:4) |
| MAXIMUM RANGE: | 15m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) |
| SWITCHING TIME BETWEEN INPUTS: | Less than 1 second (seamless) |
| VIDEO LATENCY: | Less than 3 frames |
| OUTPUT RESOLUTIONS: | 1920x1080p@60Hz, 1920x1080p@50Hz, 1280x720p@60Hz, 1280x720p@50Hz, 720x480p@60Hz, 720x586p@50Hz, 1920x1080p@25Hz, 1920x1080p@30Hz, 3840x2160@30Hz, 3840x2160@25Hz |
| STANDARDS COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| 3D PASS THROUGH: | Not supported |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | 22W |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19cm x 13cm x 2cm (7.5" x 5.1" x 0.8") W, D, H |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 0.3 kg (0.66 lbs) approx. |
| STANDARD COMPLIANCE: | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
Using the Test Module to Troubleshoot Video and Audio Problems
The VS-1616DN-EM includes a test module that acts as an AV signal generator and can be used to diagnose video and audio issues in an operating environment.

The test module supports analog audio and can only be used for testing analog audio problems.
Troubleshooting Video Problems
The test module may be used in various ways to isolate video problems.
The following examples are based on the video signal paths shown in Figure 18 and a VS-1616DN-EM device installed as follows:
• 16 inputs and 16 outputs.
- The test module is installed and configured (see Installing the Test Module on page 41).
- 17 configured inputs and 17 configured outputs (see Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports on page 33).

flowchart
graph TD
A["Input 1"] -->|f| B["Output 1"]
B -->|a| C["Test module"]
C -->|c| D["Output 17"]
D -->|d| E["Projector"]
Figure 18: Signal Paths for Isolating Video Problems
Testing the Projector Output
Signal path: c to d; d to projector.
To test the projector output:
- Configure Input 17 to Output 17 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Connect Output 17 to the projector.
- Set the generated video resolution (see Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Set the pattern for the generated video (see Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Verify that the projector output is as expected.
Testing the Output Signal Path to the Projector
Signal path: a to b; b to projector
To test the output signal path to the projector:
- Configure Input 17 to Output 1 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Connect Output 1 to the projector.
- Set the generated video resolution (see Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Set the pattern for the generated video (see Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Verify that the projector output is as expected.
Testing the Input and Output Signal Path to the Projector
Signal path: c to e; e to f; f to b; b to projector.
To test the input and output signal path to the projector:
- Configure Input 17 to Output 17 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Connect Output 17 to Input 1.
- Configure Input 1 to Output 1.
- Connect Output 1 to the projector.
- Set the generated video resolution (see Setting the Resolution of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Set the pattern for the generated video (see Setting the Pattern of the Generated Video on page 40).
- Verify that the projector output is as expected.
Troubleshooting Audio Problems
The test module may be used in various ways to isolate analog audio problems.
The following examples are based on the audio signal paths shown in Figure 19 and a VS-1616DN-EM device installed as follows:
• 16 inputs and 16 outputs.
- The test module is installed and configured (see Installing the Test Module on page 41).
- 17 configured inputs and 17 configured outputs (see Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports on page 33).

flowchart
graph TD
A["Input 1"] -->|f| B["Output 1"]
B --> C["Input 17"]
C -->|a| D["Test module"]
D -->|c| C
C -->|d| E["Powered Speakers"]
style A fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style B fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style C fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style D fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style E fill:#fff,stroke:#000
subgraph "VS-1616DN-EM"
direction TB
A -->|g| C
C -->|b| D
D -->|e| E
E -->|d| D
style A fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style B fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style C fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style D fill:#fff,stroke:#000
style E fill:#fff,stroke:#000
end
Figure 19: Signal Paths for Isolating Audio Problems
Testing the Audio Output
Signal path: g to c; c to d; d to an audio acceptor (for example, powered speakers).
To test the audio output:
- Connect an analog audio source to Input 17.
- Configure Input 17 to Output 17 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
-
Connect Output 17 to the audio acceptor.
-
Verify that the audio output is as expected.
Testing the Output Signal Path to the Audio Output
Signal path: g to a; a to b; b to an audio acceptor (for example, powered speakers).
To test the output signal path to the audio output:
- Connect an analog audio source to Input 17.
- Configure Input 17 to Output 1 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Connect Output 1 to the audio acceptor.
- Verify that the audio output is as expected.
Testing the Input and Output Signal Path to the Audio Output
Signal path: g to c; c to e; e to f; f to b; b to an audio acceptor (for example, powered speakers).
To test the input and output signal path to the audio output:
- Connect an analog audio source to Input 17.
- Configure Input 17 to Output 17 (see Switching Actions on page 19).
- Connect Output 17 to Input 1.
- Configure Input 1 to Output 1.
- Connect Output 1 to the audio acceptor.
- Verify that the audio output is as expected.
Input / Output Card Hardware Installation Instructions
The VS-1616DN-EM input / output cards mount in one of the 16 slots on the rear of the VS-1616DN-EM chassis. Slots are numbered from left to right (The process for inserting cards is the same for all cards / chassis and the figures below are for illustration purposes only.)

An input card must only be mounted in a slot designated for input cards (slots 1 to 4 and 9 to 12) and an output card must only be mounted in a slot designated for output cards (slots 5 to 8 and 13 to 16).

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with ports and connectors, showing internal components and red directional arrows indicating movement or flow (no text or symbols present)Figure 20: Inserting the Card into a Slot
To install an input / output card as shown in Figure 20:
- Power off the VS-1616DN-EM and all devices connected to it.
- Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen the screws at the top and bottom of the blanking plate (see Figure 21).

Figure 21: Card Handles
- Remove the blanking plate from the slot and store it for possible future use.
- Remove the new card from its shipping box and anti-ESD bag.
- Holding the card by the lower handle, align the card with the plastic guide rails.
- Slide the card into the chassis until the front of the card makes contact with the connector inside the chassis.
- Press the card firmly into the slot until the connector plate is flush with the rear panel of the chassis and the connector is fully seated.
- Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the retaining screws at the top and bottom of the card to secure it to the chassis.
- Power on the VS-1616DN-EM and follow the procedure to configure the new card (see Configuring the Number of Installed Input and Output Ports on page 33).
- Power on the peripheral devices.
Replacing a FAN-16DN Fan Array
The VS-1616DN-EM is equipped with two FAN-16DN fan arrays that provide quiet and efficient cooling for the chassis. It is necessary to power down the chassis in order to replace a fan array.

When replacing a fan array, all normal static discharge precaution measures must be observed to prevent damage to the equipment.
For detailed instructions on replacing a fan array in your VS-1616DN-EM, see the FAN-16DN Fan Array Installation Instructions, available at www.kramerav.com.
Installing a PS-16DN Power Supply
The VS-1616DN-EM is equipped with a single PS-16DN power supply unit and includes an optional redundant power supply for mission critical installations. When two power supplies are installed, the VS-1616DN-EM distributes the load between the power supplies. Kramer recommends using two power supply units for extending power supply life-span.
The PS-16DN is a hot-swappable power supply. It is not necessary to power down the chassis in order to install or replace a second power supply.

When installing/replacing a power supply, all normal static discharge precaution measures must be observed to prevent damage to the equipment.
For detailed instructions on installing/replacing a power supply in your VS-1616DN-EM, see the PS-16DN Power Supply Installation Instructions, available at www.kramerav.com.
The following table describes the behavior of the PS-1 / PS-2 LEDs:
| Event | Green POWER LED | Red ERROR LED |
| Device power on | Lights and remains on | Lights for a few seconds and turns off |
| Device power off | Remains on for ~20 seconds and then turns off | Lights for ~20 seconds and then turns off |
If no LEDs light, verify the following:
- The power supply connector at the rear of the device is connected to the mains power supply (see Defining the VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher on page 6).
- The power switch is switched to the On position.
- The power supply is seated firmly in place – the front panel of the power supply is flush with the front panel of the chassis and the screws are tightly fastened.
If the problem persists, or if the red ERROR LED is always lit, contact Kramer technical support.
Upgrading the VS-1616DN-EM Firmware
The VS-1616DN-EM enables upgrading both the device's firmware and that of the following input/output cards:
• DTAxr-IN2/OUT2-F16.
- UHDA-IN2/OUT2-F16.
• UHD-IN2/OUT2-F16.
• HDBT7-IN2/OUT2-F16.
• VGAA-IN2/OUT2-F16.
Upgrading the firmware of the remaining input / output cards can only be done by authorized service personnel.
The device and card firmware can be upgraded using:
- K-Upload via RS-232, USB (VCOM), or Ethernet (see Upgrading Firmware Using K-Upload on page 97).
- Kramer Network via Ethernet (see Upgrading Firmware Using Kramer Network on page 98).
Upgrading Firmware Using K-Upload
The VS-1616DN-EM enables upgrading device and card firmware via RS-232, USB (VCOM) or Ethernet using the K-Upload software application, available at www.kramerav.com/product/VS-1616DN-EM. For instructions on upgrading the firmware using K-Upload, see the K-Upload User Manual.
For information on connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232, USB (VCOM), or Ethernet, see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via RS-232 on page 13, Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via USB (VCOM) on page 13, or Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet on page 13, respectively.
Firmware may be available for any of the following components:

The firmware files for each component have different suffixes to help with identification.
- VS-1616DN-EM Control Module – Control module firmware files end with _0, for example:
- VS-1616DN-EM Test Module – Test module firmware files end with _200, for example: 16test card_[OUT2_47_xx.xx_xxxx]_200
- VS-1616DN-EM Keypad – Keypad firmware files end with _201, for example:
VS-163264_main_[APP_X_xx.xx_xxxx]_0
VS-163264Keypad_[APP_X_xx.xx_xxxx]_201
- Supported Input / Output Cards – The suffix of card firmware files must be modified before use. Input and output card firmware files all end with _N, for example:
DTAxr_[OUT2_18_xx.xx_xxxx]_N
This suffix must be changed according to the slot number in which the card is installed (1-16). For example if the card is installed in slot 7, the firmware file's suffix must be changed to 7:
DTAxr_[OUT2_18_xx.xx_xxxx]_7

Go to www.kramerav.com/downloads/VS-1616DN-EM to check for up-to-date user manuals, application programs, and to check if firmware upgrades are available (where appropriate).
If necessary, you can downgrade the input/output card firmware by incrementing the previous firmware file's number to higher than the currently installed firmware. For example if you upgraded the card's firmware using the DTAxr_[OUT2_18_01.00_0006]_8 file, to downgrade to the previously installed firmware, rename the previously installed firmware file to DTAxr_[OUT2_18_01.00_0007]_8.
Upgrading Firmware Using Kramer Network
The VS-1616DN-EM enables upgrading device and card firmware via Ethernet using the Kramer Network enterprise management platform, available at www.kramerav.com/product/VS-1616DN-EM. For instructions on upgrading the firmware using Kramer Network, see the Kramer Network User Manual.
For information on connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet, see Connecting to the VS-1616DN-EM via Ethernet on page 13.
Technical Specifications
VS-1616DN-EM Chassis
| PORTS: | 1 RS-232 on an 9-pin D-sub port1 USB (VCOM) port on a USB Mini-B connector1 Ethernet on an RJ-45 connector |
| BANDWIDTH: | Supports up to 3.4Gbps bandwidth per channel (limited by the card installed) |
| CONTROLS: | Front panel buttons, Infrared remote control transmitter, RS-232, Ethernet |
| SWITCHING: | Confirm or At Once for immediate switching |
| POWER CONSUMPTION: | 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 1.5A |
| OPERATING TEMPERATURE: | 0° to +40°C (32° to 104°F) |
| STORAGE TEMPERATURE: | -40° to +70°C (-40° to 158°F) |
| HUMIDITY: | 10% to 90%, RHL non-condensing |
| COOLING: | Forced air, fan |
| ENCLOSURE TYPE: | Aluminum |
| RACK MOUNT: | With supplied rack ears, attached |
| DIMENSIONS: | 19” 4U (43.7cm x 36cm x 17.7cm W, D, H) |
| PRODUCT WEIGHT: | 6.7kg (14.8lbs) approx. |
| SHIPPING WEIGHT: | 8kg (17.6lbs) approx. |
| VIBRATION: | ISTA 1A in carton (International Safe Transit Association) |
| SAFETY REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | CE, FCC |
| ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: | Complies with appropriate requirements of RoHs and WEEE |
| INCLUDED ACCESSORIES: | Power cord, Infrared remote control transmitter |
| Specifications are subject to change without notice at www.kramerav.com | |
Quick VS-1616DN-EM Card Comparison
| Card | Ports | BW per Channel | Max. Range | Compliance | 3D Pass Thru |
| UHD | 2 HDMI | 2.97Gbps | 10m (32ft) – 4K60 4:2:0 or 4K30 4:4:415m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible | Yes |
| UHDA | 2 HDMI2 Analog audio on 3.5mm mini jacks | 2.97Gbps | 10m (32ft) – 4K60 4:2:0 or 4K30 4:4:415m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible | Yes |
| HDBT | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial and 2 IR on a 10-pin terminal block1 Ethernet on an RJ-45 connector | Vid: 2.25GbpsSerial: 115200 | 130m (430ft) normal mode180m (590ft) ultra-mode (1080p@60Hz @24bpp)* | HDCP 1.4, HDBaseT | Yes |
| HDBT7 | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial on a 10-pin terminal block2 IR ports on 3.5mm jacks | Vid: 3.4GbpsSerial: 115200 | 40m (130ft) – 4K @60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K @30Hz 4:4:470m (230ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) | HDCP 1.4, HDBaseT, HDTV compatible | Yes |
| DTAxr | 2 HDBaseT TP on RJ45 connectors2 RS-232 Serial ports, 2 IR ports, and 2 analog audio ports on a 16-pin terminal block1 Ethernet port on an RJ45 connector | Vid: 3.4GbpsSerial: 115200 | 100m (330ft) – normal mode (4K @60Hz 4:2:0 or 4K @30Hz 4:4:4)130m (430ft) – normal mode (2K)180m (590ft) – ultra-mode (1080p @60Hz @24bpp* | HDCP 1.4, HDBaseT, HDTV compatible | Yes |
| HH | 2 HDMI | 2.25Gbps | 15m (49ft) | HDCP 1.4 | Yes |
| HS (Out) | 2 HDMI | 2.25Gbps | 15m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible | No |
| UHDS | 2 HDMI | 2.97Gbps | 15m (49ft) – 1080p 12 bit (deep color) | HDCP 1.4, HDTV compatible | |
| HAD | 2 HDMI2 Digital audio on RCA connectors | 2.25Gbps | 15m (49ft) | HDCP 1.4 | Yes |
| HAA | 2 HDMI2 Analog audio on 3.5mm mini jacks | 2.25Gbps | 15m (49ft) | HDCP 1.4 | Yes |
| HDCP | 2 DVI-D on a DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connector | 2.25Gbps | 15m (49ft) | HDCP, HDMI | Yes |
| DGKat | 2 TP DGKat on RJ-452 Serial on 3-pin terminal blocks | Vid: 1.65GbpsSerial: 19200 | 90m (300ft) – 1080p @60Hz* | HDCP 1.4, HDMI | Yes |
| F670 | 2 SC | 2.25Gbps | 1700m (5570ft) – 1080p/60Hz | HDCP 1.4, HDMI | Yes |
| F610 | 2 4 LC | 1.65Gbps | 400m (1310ft) using MM OM2 fiber | DVI 1.0 | No |
| DVI | 2 DVI-D on DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connectors | 1.65Gbps | 15m (49ft) | DVI 1.0 | No |
| DL | 1 DVI-D on a DVI Molex 24-pin (F) connector | 3.3Gbps | 15m (49ft) | DVI 1.0 | No |
| SDIA (In) | 2 unbalanced analog audio on 3.5mm mini jack connectors2 SDI, 75Ω on BNC connectors | 3Gbps | 300m (980ft) – SD200m (655ft) – HD 1080p90m (295ft) – 3G 1080p | - | No |
| VGA | 2 VGA on 15-pin HD connectors | 450MHz | 10m (32ft) | - | - |
| VGAA | 2 VGA on 15-pin HD connectors2 unbalanced analog audio on 3.5mm mini jack connectors** | 450MHz | 10m (32ft) | - | - |
| AAD | 2 S/PDIF (digital audio) on RCA connectors2 balanced audio stereo (analog audio) on 5-pin terminal blocks | - | - | - | - |
| * When using BC-UNIKAT cables.** Accessible via C-GF/GMAF-30 cables.Specifications are subject to change without notice at www.kramerav.com | |||||
Default Settings
Default Communication Parameters
| EDID | |
| EDID data is passed between Output 1 and Input 1 | |
| RS-232 / Protocol 3000 | |
| Baud Rate: | 115200 |
| Data Bits: | 8 |
| Stop Bits: | 1 |
| Parity: | None |
| Command Format: | HEX |
| Command Example to Switch Input 4 to Output 2: | #VID 4>2 |
| Ethernet | |
| IP Address: | 192.168.1.39 |
| TCP Port #: | 5000 |
| UDP Port# | 50000 |
| Concurrent TCP Connections: | 32 |
Factory Default EDID
UHD-IN2-F16 / UHD-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16UHD
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2015, ISO week 50
Filter driver..... None
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size.... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma...... 2.20
Red chromaticity.... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity...... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
iming characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 769p st 60Hz VESA
1024 x 768p at 60Hz VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1280 x 1034p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1200 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 6GHz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4..... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz^1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated..... 11/04/2016
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,32,19,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55,00,7E,88,42,00,00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,55,48,44,0A,20,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,63
02,03,1A,41,47,11,13,05,14,84,10,1F,23,09,06,04,83,01,00,00,65,03,0C,00,10,00,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,
2D,10,10,3E,96,00,58,C2,21,00,00,18,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,
80,D0,72,1C,16,20,10,2C,25,80,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,C4,8E,21,00,
00,1E,01,1D,00,BC,52,D0,1E,20,B8,28,55,40,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,C5
UHDA-IN2-F16 / UHDA-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name..... VS-16UHDA
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2015, ISO week 50
Filter driver...... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
[EMPTY]
DDC/CI.... Supported
MCCS revision...... 2.0
Display technology..... TFT
Controller...... Genesis 0x10000
Firmware revision...... 9.0
Firmware flags...... 0x006645CC
Active power on time..... Not supported
Power consumption...... Not supported
Current frequency..... 74.10kHz, 60.00Hz
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing...... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio...... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated..... 10/02/2016
Software revision..... 2.90.0.1002
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,32,19,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55.00,7E,88,42,00.00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56
53,2D,31,36,55,48,44,41,0A,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,42,
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR1200
Serial number...... 295-883450100
Manufacture date...... 2014. ISO week 255
Filter driver...... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... Monochrome/grayscale
Screen size.... 520 x 320 mm (24.0 in)
Power management...... Standby, Suspend, Active off/sleep
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.674 - Ry 0.319
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.188 - Gy 0.706
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.148 - By 0.064
White point (default).... Wx 0.313 - Wy 0.329
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 30-83kHz
Vertical scan range..... 56-76Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 85Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 85Hz - VESA STD
640 x 480p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 70Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 720x480p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 16/20/24 bit depths at 32/44/48 kHz
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (4:3, 8:9)
720 x 480i at 60Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 576i at 50Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 64:45)
640 x 480p at 60Hz - Default (4:3,
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
Report information
Date generated..... 17/01/2017
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source.... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,12,01,01,01,01,FF,18,01,03,80,34,20,78,E2,B3,25,AC,51,30,B4,26,
10.50,54,FF,FF,80,81,8F,81,99,A9,40,61,59,45,59,31,59,71,4A,81,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28.
55.00.07.44.21.00.00.1E.00.00.00.FF.00.32.39.35.2D.38.38.33.34.35.30.31.30.30.00.00.00.FC.00.56
53.2D,31,36,48,44,42,61,73,65,54,0A,00,00,00,FD,00,38,4C,1E,53,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,DD
38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,07,44,21,00,00,9E,01,
1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,2D,10,10,3E,96,00,07,44,21,00,00,18,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,77
HDBT7-IN2-F16 / HDBT7-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16HDBT7
Manufacturer KMB
Plug and Play ID..... KMB1200
Serial number...... 295-883450100
Manufacture date..... 2014. ISO week 54
Filter driver
Filter driver......
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... Monochrome/grayscale
Screen size..... 520 x 320 mm (24.0 in)
Power management...... Standby, Suspend, Active off/sleep
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/Cl.... n/a
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma...... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.674 - Ry 0.319
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.188 - Gy 0.706
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.148 - By 0.064
White point (default).... Wx 0.313 - Wy 0.329
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 30-83kHz
Vertical scan range..... 56-76Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VG
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 85Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 85Hz - VESA STD
640 x 480p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 70Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Supported
Basic audio...... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats......
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 720x480p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 16/20/24 bit depths at 32/44/48 kHz
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (4:3, 8:9)
720 x 480i at 60Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 576i at 50Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 64:45)
640 x 480p at 60Hz - Default (4:3, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
Report information
Date generated.... 28/11/2016
Software revision..... 2.60.0.972
Data source...... File
Operating system...... 5.1.2600.2.Service Pack 2 (Vista masked)
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,12,01,01,01,01,36,18,01,03,80,34,20,78,E2,B3,25.AC,51,30,B4,26,
10,50,54,FF,FF,80,81,8F,81,99,A9,40,61,59,45,59,31,59,71,4A,81,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FF,00,32,39,35,2D,38,38,33,34,35,30,31,30,30,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,48,44,42,54,37,0A,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,38,4C,1E,53,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,68,
02.03.1B,C1.23,09,07,07,48,10,05,84,03,02,07,16,01,65,03,0C,00,10,00,83,01,00,00,02,3A,80,18,71,
38.2D,40,58.2C,45,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58.2C,25,00,07,44,21,00,00,9E,01,
1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,2D,10,10,3E,96,00,07,44,21.
00,00,18,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,77
DTAxr-IN2-F16 / DTAxr-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16HDBTA
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR1200
Serial number...... 295-883450100
Manufacture date...... 2016, ISO week 38
Filter driver...... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... Monochrome/grayscale
Screen size..... 520 x 320 mm (24.0 in)
Power management...... Standby, Suspend, Active off/sleep
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
[EMPTY]
DDC/Cl..... n/a
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.674 - Ry 0.319
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.188 - Gy 0.706
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.148 - By 0.064
White point (default).... Wx 0.313 - Wy 0.329
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 30-83kHz
Vertical scan range..... 56-76Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 85Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 85Hz - VESA STD
640 x 480p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 70Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 720x480p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 16/20/24 bit depths at 32/44/48 kHz
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (4:3, 8:9)
720 x 480i at 60Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 32:27)
720 x 576i at 50Hz - Doublescan (16:9, 64:45)
640 x 480p at 60Hz - Default (4:3, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz^1000)/1001
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center..... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
Report information
Date generated...... 31/12/2017
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... File
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,12,01,01,01,01,26,1A,01,03,80,34,20,78,E2,B3,25,AC,51,30,B4,26,
10.50.54,FF,FF,80.81,8F,81.99,A9,40.61,59,45,59,31,59.71,4A.81,40,01,1D,00,72.51,D0,1E,20.6E,28.
55,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FF,00,32,39,35,2D,38,38,33,34,35,30,31,30,30,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53.2D.31.36.48.44.42.54.41.0A.20.20.00.00.00.FD.00.38.4C.1E.53.11.00.0A.20.20.20.20.20.20.01.6C
02,03,1B,C1,23,09,07,07,48,10,05,84,03,02,07,16,01,65,03,0C,00,10,00,83,01,00,00,02,3A,80,18,71,
38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,07,44,21,00,00,9E,01,
1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,07,44,21,00,00,1E,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,2D,10,10,3E,96,00,07,44,21.
00,00,18,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,77
HH-IN2-F16 / HH-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name..... VS-16HH
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2014, ISO week 19
Filter driver...... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio..... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4.... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats..... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz^1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated..... 24/12/2015
Software revision...... 2.90.0.1002
Data source.... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,13,18,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55,00,7E,88,42,00,00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,48,48,0A,20,20,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,B4,
02,03,1A,71,47,11,13,05,14,84,10,1F,23,0A,06,04,83,05,00,00,65,03,0C,00,10,00,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0
2D,10,10,3E,96,00,58,C2,21,00,00,18,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,
80,D0,72,1C,16,20,10,2C,25,80,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,C4,8E,21,00,
00,1E,01,1D,00,BC,52,D0,1E,20,B8,28,55,40,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,90
HAD-IN2-F16 / HAD-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name..... VS-16HAD
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2014, ISO week 19
Filter driver...... None
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth...... 170
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats......
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz^1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated......
Software revision..... 2.90.0.1002
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00.FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,13,18,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25.
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55.00,7E,88,42,00.00,1E.02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00.1E,00.00,00.FC,00,56.
53.2D,31.36.48.41.44.0A,20.20.20.20.00.00.00.FD.00.32.55.1F.5E.11.00.0A,20.20.20.20.20.20.01.97
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2014, ISO week 19
Filter driver...... None
[Non-Text]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
[Non-Text]
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA 832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1200 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD 1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1600p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio..... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4.... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline...... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center..... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated.... 24/12/2015
Software revision..... 2.90.0.1002
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,13,18,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11.48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55.00,7E,88,42,00,00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53.2D,31,36,48,41,41.0A,20,20,20,20.00,00,00.FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00.0A,20,20,20,20,20,20.01,9A.
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2013, ISO week 12
Filter driver
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (DVI)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline...... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio...... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4.... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated.... 30/04/2014
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,0C,17,01,03,81,46,27,78,0A,D5.7C,A3,57,49.9C,25,
11.48.4B.FE.FF.80.81.C0.81.00.95.00.81.40.81.80.90.40.B3.00.A9.40.01.1D.00.72.51.D0.1E.20.6E.28.
55.00.7E.88.42.00.00.1A.02.3A.80.18.71.38.2D.40.58.2C.45.00.C4.8E.21.00.00.1E.00.00.00.FC.00.56
53.2D.31.36.48.44.43.50.0A.20.20.20.00.00.00.FD.00.32.55.1F.5E.11.00.0A.20.20.20.20.20.20.01.72.
Manufacturer..... KMB
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2014. ISO week 19
Filter driver...... None
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital (DVI)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB c
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats......
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits
at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated.... 6/17/2014
Software revision..... 2.90.0.1000
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,13,18,01,03,81,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,7E,88,42,00,00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,BE,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,53,D2t,31,36,68,43,61,74,35,65,0A,20,00,00,00,FD,00.32.55.1F.5E.11.00.0A.20.20.20.20.20.20.21.AB. 02.03.1A.71.47.11.13.05.14.84.10.1F.23.0A.06.04.83.05.00.65.03.0C.00.10.00.8C.0A.D0.8A.2O.E 2D.10.10.3E.96.00.58.C2.21.00.00.18.01.1D.80.18.71.1C.16.20.58.C2.25.0C.C4.BE.21.00.00.9E.01.1D 8D:D0.72.1C:16.20.10.2C:25.8O.C4.BE.21.00.09.9E.01.1D 8D:D0.72.1C:16.20.10.2C:25.8O.C4.BE.21.00.09.9E.01.D 1D:D0.72.S1.DD:1E:26.E28.S55.OC4.BE:21.0O 8E:1.DD:1D.DO.BC.S2.DD:1E:2B.BB28.S55.PD.C4.BE:21.00.0E.IE:00.00.00.00.DO.DO.DO.DO.DO.DO
F670-IN2-F16 / F670-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16hOmron
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2013. ISO week 12
Filter driver...... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (DVI)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
[EMPTY]
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170N
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio.... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4.... Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2.... Supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated.... 30/04/2014
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,0C,17,01,03,81,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55,00,7E,88,42,00,00,1A,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,68,4F,6D,72,6F,6E,0A,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,5E,
02,03,1A,71,47,11,13,05,14,84,10,1F,23,0A,06,04,83,05,00,00,65,03,0C,00,10,00,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,
2D,10,10,3E,96,00,58,C2,21,00,00,18,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,
80, D0, 72, 1C, 16, 20, 10, 2C, 25.80, C4.8E, 21.00, 00, 9E, 01, 1D, 00, 72, 51. D0, 1E, 20, 6E, 28, 55, 00, C4.8E, 21.00,
00,1E,01,1D,00,BC,52,D0,1E,20,B8,28,55,40,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,90
DL-IN1-F16 / DL-OUT1-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16DUAL
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2006, ISO week 12
Filter driver..... None
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital (DVI)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs...... None
DDC/CI..... n/a
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity...... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1024x768p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "1024x768" 65.000 1024 1048 1184 1344 768 771 777 806 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1200p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1200" 154.000 1920 1968 2000 2080 1200 1203 1209 1235 +hsync -vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1360 x 765p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio..... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4..... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 3-channel, 24-bits at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 3.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE...... No
Front center..... Yes
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center.. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2E,4D,00,02,01,00,00,00,0C,10,01,03,81,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,8B,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,64,19,00,40,41,00,26,30,18,88,
36,00,6F,13,11,00,00,1E,28,3C,80,A0,70,B0,23,40,30,20,36,00,06,44,21,00,00,1A,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,44,55,41,4C,0A,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,00,60,
02,03,1A,41,47,11,13,05,14,84,10,1F,23,0A,06,04,83,05,00,00,65,03,0C,00,10,00,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0
2D,10,10,3E,96,00,58,C2,21,00,00,18,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,
80,D0,72,1C,16,20,10,2C,25,80,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,C4,8E,21,00
00,1E,01,1D,00,BC,52,D0,1E,20,B8,28,55,40,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,C0
DVI-IN2-F16 / DVI-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name...... VS-16DVIS
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date..... 2006. ISO week 12
[EMPTY]
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Digital (DVI)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs...... None
[EMPTY]
DDC/CI..... n/a
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x768p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "1280x768" 79.500 1280 1344 1472 1664 768 771 778 798 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1200p at 60Hz (16:10)
Modeline...... "1920x1200" 154.000 1920 1968 2000 2080 1200 1203 1209 1235 +hsync -vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1360 x 765p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2E,4D,00,02,01,00,00,00,0C,10,01,03,81,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,8B,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,0E,1F,00,80,51,00,1E,30,40,80,37,00,6F,13,11,00,00,1E,28,3C,80,A0,70,B0,23,40,30,20,36,00,06,44,21,00,00,1A,00.00.00,FC,00.56
53,2D,33,32,44,56,49,53,0A,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,00,39
VGA-IN2-F16 / VGA-OUT2-F16
Monitor Asset Manager Report, generated 07/01/2014
Copyright (c) 1995-2013, EnTech Taiwan.
Monitor #2 [Real-time 0x0061]
Model name..... VGA-ÍN2-F16
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR040B
Serial number...... 17056
Manufacture date...... 2011, ISO week 48
Filter driver..... None
EDID revision.... 1.3
Input signal type..... Analog 0.700,0.300 (1.0V p-p)
Sync input support..... Not available
Display type..... RGB color
Screen size.... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs...... None
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Range limits...... Not available
GTF standard...... Supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 640x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "640x480" 25.180 640 656 752 800 480 490 492 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1600x1200p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "1600x1200" 162.000 1600 1664 1856 2160 1200 1201 1204 1250 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 60Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1360 x 765p at 60Hz - VESA STD
Report information
Date generated..... 07/01/2014
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0061
Operating system..... 5.1.2600.2.Service Pack 3
Raw data
00.FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,0B,04,A0,42,00,00,30,15,01,03,00,46,27,78,0B,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,31,40,45,40,61,40,71,4F,81,8F,81,40,81,80,8B,C0,D6,09,80,A0,20,E0,2D,10,10,60,
A2,00,04,03,00,00,00,18,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,10,09,00,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56.
47,41,2D,49,4E,32,2D,46,31,36,0A,20,48,3F,40,30.62,B0.32,40,40,C0,13,00.6F,13,11,00.00,1E,00,A8
Hardware data
BUS_SLOT = PCI00000.PCI00004.PCI00008.PCI0000C.PCI00010.PCI00014.PCI00018.PCI0001C
00000000 = 2E208086.20900006.06000003.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
00000008 = 2E218086.00100007.06040003.00010010.00000000.00000000.00010100.2000E0E0
00000018 = 2E248086.00100006.07800003.00800000.D0325904.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000C8 = 10CE8086.00100007.02000000.00000000.D0300000.D0324000.0000F0C1.00000000
000000D0 = 3A378086.02900005.0C030000.00800000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000D8 = 3A3E8086.00100006.04030000.00000010.D0320004.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000E0 = 3A408086.00100007.06040000.00810010.00000000.00000000.00020200.2000D0D0
000000E8 = 3A348086.0290005.0C030000.00800000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000E9 = 3A358086.02900005.0C030000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000EA = 3A368086.0290005.0C03000.0000000.0000000.0000000.0000000.0000000.000000FE = 3A3A8086.0290006.0C03200.0000000. D032500.0000000. 0000000. 0000000
000000EF = 3A3A8086.02900008.0C032000.00000000.D0325000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000050 - 34458086.00100007.06040180.00010000.00000000.00000000.20040400.23800050
000000F8 = 244E8088.0010007.00040198.00018000.00000000.00000000.20040400.220000F8 000000F8 - 3A188086.0210007.06010000.00800000.00000000.00000000.00000000.
00000100 = 68191002.00100007.03000000.00800010.C000000C.00000000.D0000004.00000000
00000101 = AAB01002.00100007.04030000.00800010.D0060004.00000000.00000000.00000000 00000200 = C1401415.00100000.07000200.00800010.0000D011.00000000.00000000.0000000 00000201 = C1411415.00100000.07000200.00800010.000D001.00000000.00000000.000000 00000300 = 2368197B.00100007.01018500.0000010.000C41.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.
VGAA-IN2-F16 / VGAA-OUT2-F16
Monitor Asset Manager Report, generated 11/25/2014
Copyright (c) 1995-2013, EnTech Taiwan.
Monitor #1 [Real-time 0x0011]
Model name..... VGA+A-IN2-F16
Manufacturer..... KMB
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0530
Serial number...... 24992
Manufacture date...... 2013. ISO week 46
Filter driver...... None
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type..... Analog 0.700,0.300 (1.0V p-p)
Sync input support..... Not available
Display type...... RGB color
Screen size.... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs...... None
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma...... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Range limits...... Not available
GTF standard...... Supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 640x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "640x480" 25.180 640 656 752 800 480 490 492 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1600x1200p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline...... "1600x1200" 162.000 1600 1664 1856 2160 1200 1201 1204 1250 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 60Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1360 x 765p at 60Hz - VESA STD
Report information
Date generated.... 11/25/2014
Software revision..... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0011
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00.FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,30,05,A0,61,00,00,2E,17,01,03,00,46,27,78,0B,D5.7C,A3,57,49.9C,25,
11.48,4B.FF.FF.80,31.40,45,40,61,40,71,4F,81,8F,81,40,81,80,8B,C0,D6,09,80,A0,20,E0,2D,10,10,60
A2,00,04,03,00,00,00,18,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,10,09,00,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56.
47,41,2B,41,2D,49,4E,32,2D,46,31,36,48,3F,40,30,62,B0,32,40,40,C0,13,00.6F,13,11,00,00,1E,00,21
Hardware data
BUS SLOT = PCI00000.PCI00004.PCI00008.PCI0000C.PCI00010.PCI00014.PCI00018.PCI0001C
00000000 = 01048086.20900006.06000009.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
00000008 = 01018086.00100007.06040009.00810010.00000000.00000000.00010100.20004040
00000010 = 01268086.00900407.03000009.00000000.E5400004.00000000.C000000C.00000000
000000B0 = 1C3A8086.00100006.07800004.00800000.E6EB0004.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000B3 = 1C3D8086.00B00400.07000204.00000000.000050E1.E6E90000.00000000.00000000
000000C8 = 15028086.00100406.02000004.00000000.E6E00000.E6E80000.00000001.00000000
000000D0 = 1C2D8086.02900006.0C032004.00000000.E6E70000.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000D8 = 1C208086.00100006.04030004.00000010.E6E60004.00000000.00000000.00000000
000000E0 = 1C108086.00100004.060400B4.00810010.00000000.00000000.00020200.200000F0
000000E8 = 1C268086.02900006.0C032004.00000000.E6E50000.00000000.00000000.00000000 000000F8 = 1C4F8086.02100007.06010004.00800000.00000000.00000000.00000000 000000FA = 282A8086.02B00007.01040004.00000000.00005D1.00005OCl.1.0005O5B1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.
01010000 = 00FFFFFF.FFFFFFF00.2DB23005.A0610000.2E170103.00462778.0BD57CA3.57499C25 00000020 = 11484BFF.FF803140.45406140.714F818F.81408180.8BC0D609.80A020E0.2D101060 00000040 = A2000403.00000018.023A8018.71382D40.582C4500.10090000.001E0000.0FC0056 00000060 = 47412B41.2D494E32.2D463136.483F4O30.62B03240.4C01300.6F131100.001E0021
AAD-IN2-F16 / AAD-OUT2-F16
Monitor
Model name..... VS-16AAD
Manufacturer..... KMR
Plug and Play ID..... KMR0200
Serial number...... 1
Manufacture date...... 2014. ISO week 19
Filter driver...... None
EDID revision...... 1.3
Input signal type...... Digital (HDMI-a)
Color bit depth...... Undefined
Display type..... RGB color
Screen size..... 700 x 390 mm (31.5 in)
Power management...... Not supported
Extension blocs..... 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/CI...... Not supported
Color characteristics
Default color space..... Non-sRGB
Display gamma.... 2.20
Red chromaticity..... Rx 0.640 - Ry 0.341
Green chromaticity..... Gx 0.286 - Gy 0.610
Blue chromaticity..... Bx 0.146 - By 0.069
White point (default).... Wx 0.284 - Wy 0.293
Additional descriptors... None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 31-94kHz
Vertical scan range..... 50-85Hz
Video bandwidth..... 170MHz
CVT standard...... Not supported
GTF standard...... Not supported
Additional descriptors... None
Preferred timing..... Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1280x720p at 60Hz
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #1..... 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
720 x 400p at 70Hz - IBM VGA
720 x 400p at 88Hz - IBM XGA2
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 67Hz - Apple Mac II
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 56Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
832 x 624p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1024 x 768i at 87Hz - IBM
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1152 x 870p at 75Hz - Apple Mac II
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1680 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
EIA/CEA-861 Information
Revision number...... 3
IT underscan...... Not supported
Basic audio..... Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4...... Not supported
YCbCr 4:2:2...... Not supported
Native formats...... 1
Detailed timing #1..... 720x480p at 60Hz (4:3)
Modeline..... "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
Detailed timing #2..... 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3..... 1920x1080i at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline...... "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2448 2492 2640 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4..... 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #5..... 1280x720p at 50Hz (16:9)
Modeline..... "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1720 1760 1980 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported
720 x 576p at 50Hz - EDTV (4:3, 16:15)
1280 x 720p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1280 x 720p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel. 16/20/24 bit depths at 44/48 kHz
CE speaker allocation data
Channel configuration.... 2.0
Front left/right..... Yes
Front LFE No
Front center...... No
Rear left/right..... No
Rear center...... No
Front left/right center. No
Rear left/right center... No
Rear LFE...... No
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03
CEC physical address..... 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock..... 165MHz
Report information
Date generated.... 24/08/2015
Software revision...... 2.70.0.989
Data source...... Real-time 0x0071
Operating system...... 6.1.7601.2.Service Pack 1
Raw data
00,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,FF,00,2D,B2,00,02,01,00,00,00,13,18,01,03,82,46,27,78,0A,D5,7C,A3,57,49,9C,25,
11,48,4B,FF,FF,80,81,C0,81,00,95,00,81,40,81,80,90,40,B3,00,A9,40,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,
55,00,7E,88,42,00,00,1E,02,3A,80,18,71,38,2D,40,58,2C,45,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,FC,00,56,
53,2D,31,36,41,41,44,0A,20,20,20,20,00,00,00,FD,00,32,55,1F,5E,11,00,0A,20,20,20,20,20,20,01,9E,
02,03,1A,41,47,11,13,05,14,84,10,1F,23,09,06,07,83,01,00,00,65,03,0C,00,10,00,8C,0A,D0,8A,20,E0,
2D,10,10,3E,96,00,58,C2,21,00,00,18,01,1D,80,18,71,1C,16,20,58,2C,25,00,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D
80,D0,72,1C,16,20,10,2C,25,80,C4,8E,21,00,00,9E,01,1D,00,72,51,D0,1E,20,6E,28,55,00,C4,8E,21,00,
00,1E,01,1D,00,BC,52,D0,1E,20,B8,28,55,40,C4,8E,21,00,00,1E,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,C2
UHDS-OUT2-F16
Model name UHDS-OUT2-F16
Manufacturer KMR
Plug and Play ID KMR0672
Data string Default-EDID
Serial number n/a
Manufacture date 2020, ISO week 255
Filter driver None
EDID revision 1.3
Input signal type Digital
Color bit depth Undefined
Display type RGB color
Screen size 520 x 320 mm (24.0 in)
Power management Standby, Suspend, Active off/sleep
Extension blocs 1 (CEA-EXT)
DDC/Cl n/a
Color characteristics
Default color space Non-sRGB
Display gamma. 2.20
Red chromaticity...... Rx 0.674 - Ry 0.319 Green chromaticity...... Gx 0.188 - Gy 0.706 Blue chromaticity...... Bx 0.148 - By 0.064 White point (default).... Wx 0.313 -
Wy 0.329 Additional descriptors None
Timing characteristics
Horizontal scan range.... 30-83kHz Vertical scan range .. 56-76Hz
Video bandwidth 170MHz
CVT standard Not supported
GTF standard Not supported
Additional descriptors Established timings
Preferred timing Yes
Native/preferred timing.. 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Standard timings supported
640 x 480p at 60Hz - IBM VGA
640 x 480p at 72Hz - VESA
640 x 480p at 75Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 60Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 72Hz - VESA
800 x 600p at 75Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 70Hz - VESA
1024 x 768p at 75Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 75Hz - VESA
1600 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 800p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1600 x 1200p at 60Hz - VESA STD
1024 x 768p at 85Hz - VESA STD
800 x 600p at 85Hz - VESA STD
640 x 480p at 85Hz - VESA STD
1152 x 864p at 75Hz - VESA STD
1280 x 960p at 60Hz - VESA STD
848 x 480p at 60Hz - VESA
1280 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1280 x 1024p at 60Hz - VESA
1360 x 768p at 60Hz - VESA
1440 x 900p at 60Hz - VESA
1400 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA
1650 x 1050p at 60Hz - VESA
EIA/CEA-861 Information Revision number 3
IT underscan Supported
Basic audio Supported
YCbCr 4:4:4 Supported
YCbCr 4:2:2 Supported
Native formats 1
Detailed timing #1 1920x1080p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline "1920x1080" 148.500 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1089 1125 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #2 1920x1080i at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline "1920x1080" 74.250 1920 2008 2052 2200 1080 1084 1094 1124 interlace +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #3 1280x720p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline "1280x720" 74.250 1280 1390 1430 1650 720 725 730 750 +hsync +vsync
Detailed timing #4 720x480p at 60Hz (16:9)
Modeline "720x480" 27.000 720 736 798 858 480 489 495 525 -hsync -vsync
CE video identifiers (VICs) - timing/formats supported 1920 x 1080p at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) [Native]
1920 x 1080i at 60Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
720 x 480p at 60Hz - EDTV (4:3, 8:9)
1920 x 1080i at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 50Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 24Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1)
1920 x 1080p at 30Hz - HDTV (16:9, 1:1) NB: NTSC refresh rate = (Hz*1000)/1001
CE audio data (formats supported)
LPCM 2-channel, 16/20/24 bit depths at 32/44/48 kHz
CE vendor specific data (VSDB)
IEEE registration number. 0x000C03 CEC physical address 1.0.0.0
Maximum TMDS clock 165MHz
CE speaker allocation data Channel configuration 2.0
Front left/right Yes
Front LFE No
Front center No
Rear left/right No
Rear center No
Front left/right center.. No Rear left/right center No
Rear LFE No
Report information
Date generated 29/01/2019
Software revision 2.60.0.972
Data source...... Real-time 0x0032
Operating system...... 6.1.7601 2.Service Pack 1
Protocol 3000
The VS-1616DN-EM 2x2 to 16x16 Modular Multi-Format Managed Digital Matrix Switcher can be operated using the Kramer Protocol 3000 serial commands. The command framing varies according to how you interface with the VS-1616DN-EM. For example, a basic video input switching command that routes a layer 1 video signal to HDBT out 1 from HDMI input 2 (ROUTE 1, 1, 2), is entered as follows:
• Terminal communication software, such as Hercules:


The framing of the command varies according to the terminal communication software.
• K-Touch Builder (Kramer software):

• K-Config (Kramer configuration software):


All the examples provided in this section are based on using the K-Config software.
You can enter commands directly using terminal communication software (e.g., Hercules) by connecting a PC to the serial or Ethernet port on the VS-1616DN-EM. To enter CR press the Enter key (LF is also sent but is ignored by the command parser).
Commands sent from various non-Kramer controllers (e.g., Crestron) may require special coding for some characters (such as, /X##). For more information, refer to your controller's documentation.
For more information about:
- Understanding Protocol 3000 commands (see Understanding Protocol 3000 on page 123).
- General syntax used for Protocol 3000 commands (see Protocol 3000 Syntax on page 124).
- Protocol 3000 commands available for the VS-1616DN-EM (see Protocol 3000 Commands on page 124).
• Using the packet protocol (see Using the Packet Protocol on page 151)
Understanding Protocol 3000 Commands
Protocol 3000 commands are structured according to the following:
- Command – A sequence of ASCII letters (A-Z, a-z and -). A command and its parameters must be separated by at least one space.
- Parameters – A sequence of alphanumeric ASCII characters (0–9, A–Z, a–z and some special characters for specific commands). Parameters are separated by commas.
- Message string – Every command entered as part of a message string begins with a message starting character and ends with a message closing character.

A string can contain more than one command. Commands are separated by a pipe (1) character. The maximum string length is 64 characters.
- Message starting character:
-
- For host command/query.
-
\~ – For device response.
-
Device address – K-NET Device ID followed by @ (optional, K-NET only).
- Query sign – ? follows some commands to define a query request.
-
Message closing character:
-
CR – Carriage return for host messages (ASCII 13).
- CR LF – Carriage return for device messages (ASCII 13) and line-feed (ASCII 10).
- Command chain separator character – Multiple commands can be chained in the same string. Each command is delimited by a pipe character (|). When chaining commands, enter the message starting character and the message closing character only at the beginning and end of the string.

Spaces between parameters or command terms are ignored. Commands in the string do not execute until the closing character is entered. A separate response is sent for every command in the chain.
Protocol 3000 Syntax
The Kramer Protocol 3000 syntax uses the following delimiters:
- CR = Carriage return (ASCII 13 = 0x0D).
- LF = Line feed (ASCII 10 = 0x0A).
- S = Space (ASCII 32 = 0x20) .
Some commands have short name syntax in addition to long name syntax to enable faster typing. The response is always in long syntax.
The Protocol 3000 syntax is in the following format:
- Host Message Format:
| Start | Address (optional) | Body | Delimiter |
| # | device_id@ | Message | CR |
- Simple Command – Command string with only one command without addressing:
| Start | Address (optional) | Body | Delimiter |
| # | device_id@ | Message | CR |
- Command String – Formal syntax with commands concatenation and addressing:
| Start | Body | Delimiter |
| # | CommandSPParameter_1,Parameter_2,... | CR |
• Device Message Format:
| Start | Address (optional) | Body | Delimiter |
| ~ | device_id@ | Message | CR LF |
• Device Long Response – Echoing command:
| Start | Address (optional) | Body | Delimiter |
| ~ | device_id@ | CommandSP [Param1,Param2,...] result | CR LF |
Protocol 3000 Commands
This section includes the following commands:
- System Mandatory Commands (see System Mandatory Commands on page 125).
- System Commands (see System Commands on page 131).
- Routing Commands (see Routing Commands on page 137).
• Video Commands (see Video Commands on page 143).
• Audio Commands (see Audio Commands on page 147).
System Mandatory Commands
| Command | Description |
| # | Protocol handshaking |
| BUILD-DATE | Read device build date |
| FACTORY | Reset to factory default configuration |
| HELP | List of commands |
| MODEL | Read device model |
| PROT-VER | Read device protocol version |
| RESET | Reset device |
| SN | Read device serial number |
| VERSION | Read device firmware version |

Not every command listed by the HELP command is relevant to every matrix configuration.
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | # | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Protocol handshaking | #CR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@SPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| Validates the Protocol 3000 connection and gets the machine number | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#”, 0x0D | |||
BUILD-DATE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | BUILD-DATE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get device build date | #BUILD-DATE CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@BUILD-DATESPdateSPtimeCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| date – Format: YYYY/MM/DD where YYYY = Year, MM = Month, DD = Day time – Format: hh:mm:ss where hh = hours, mm = minutes, ss = seconds | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#BUILD-DATE?", 0x0D | |||
FACTORY
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | FACTORY | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Reset device to factory default configuration | #FACTORYCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@FACTORYSPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| This command deletes all user data from the device. The deletion can take some time. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#FACTORY?", 0x0D | |||
HELP
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | HELP | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get command list or help for specific command | #HELPCR | |
| Response | |||
| Multi-line:~nn@Device available protocol 3000 commands: CR LF command, SP command... CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#HELP”, 0x0D | |||
MODEL
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | MODEL? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get device model | #MODEL?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@MODELSPmodel_nameCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| model_name - String of up to 16 printable ASCII chars | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#MODEL?",0x0D | |||
PROT-VER
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | PROT-VER? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get device protocol version | #PROT-VER?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@PROT-VERSP3000:versionCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| Version - XX.XX where X is a decimal digit | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#PROT-VER?", 0x0D | |||
RESET
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | RESET | Administrator | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Reset device | #RESETCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@RESETSPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| To avoid locking the port due to a USB bug in Windows, disconnect USB connections immediately after running this command. If the port was locked, disconnect and reconnect the cable to reopen the port. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#RESET”, 0x0D | |||
SN
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | SN? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get device serial number | #SN?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@SN$Pserial_numberCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| serial_number-11 decimal digits, factory assigned | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| For new products with 14 digit serial numbers, use only the last 11 digits | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#sn?",0x0D | |||
VERSION
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | VERSION? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get firmware version number | #VERSION?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@VERSIONSPfirmware_versionCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| firmware_version - XX.XX.XXXX where the digit groups are: major.minor.build version | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#VERSION?", 0x0D | |||
System Commands
| Command | Description |
| CPEDID | Copy EDID data from the output to the input EEPROM |
| GEDID | Read EDID data |
| GEDID-EXT | Read EDID data from external device connected to output |
| HDCP-MOD | Set/Get HDCP mode |
| HDCP-STAT | Get HDCP signal status |
| LDEDID | Load EDID data |
| LOCK-FP | Lock front panel |
| MODULE-INFO | Get module information |
| MODULE-TYPE | Set/Get module type, slot location, and status |
| MODULE-VER | Read module firmware version |
CPEDID
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | CPEDID | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Copy EDID data from the output to the input EEPROM | #CPEDIDSPoutput_id, input_idCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@CPEDIDSPoutput_id, input_idCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| output_id-video output ID: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)input_id-video input ID: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, seePort Numbering on page 12) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Response is sent to the com port from which the Set was received (before execution) | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Copy the EDID data from output 8 to input 1:"#CPEDID 8,1,0x1",0x0D | |||
GEDID
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | GEDID | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Read EDID data from device | #GEDIDSPeeprom_idCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| Multi-line response:~nn@GEDIDSPeeprom_id,sizeCR LFEdid_dataCR LF~nn@GEDIDSPeeprom_idSPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| eeprom_id – Input port EEPROM ID from which to get the EDID: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, seePort Numberingon page12)size – EDID data size sent from the deviceEdid_data – EDID data, as byte stream | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Response is sent to the com port from which the Set (before execution) command was received | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Read EDID data from a device connected to Input 1:“#GEDID 1”,0x0D | |||
GEDID-EXT
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | GEDID-EXT | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Read EDID data from external device connected to an output | #GEDIDSPout_idCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| Multi-line response:~nn@GEDID-EXTSPout_id,sizeCR LFEDID_data CR LF~nn@GEDID-EXTSPout_idSPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| out_id- Output port EEPROM ID from which to get the EDID: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)size- EDID data size sent from the deviceEdid_data- EDID data, as byte stream) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Response is sent to the com port from which the Set (before execution) command was received | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Read EDID data from a device connected to Output 5:"#GEDID-EXT 5",0x0D | |||
HDCP-MOD
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | HDCP-MOD | Administrator | Public |
| Get | HDCP-MOD? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set HDCP mode | #HDCP-MOD SP inp_id,mode CR | |
| Get | Get HDCP mode | #HDCP-MOD? SP inp_id CR | |
| Response | |||
| Set / Get: ~nn@HDCP-MOD SP inp_id,mode CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| inp_id - input number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, see Port Numbering on page 12) mode - HDCP mode: 0 (HDCP Off), 1 (HDCP On), 2 (Follow input), 3 (Mirror output - MAC mode) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| A response is sent to the com port from which the set (before execution) / get command was received A response is sent to all com ports after command execution if HDCP-MOD was set by any other external control device (device button, device menu or other) or if the HDCP mode changed | |||
| Notes | |||
| Set HDCP working mode on the device input: HDCP not supported - HDCP Off HDCP support changes following detected sink - MIRROR OUTPUT | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Disable HDCP mode on input 3: "#HDCP-MOD 3,0",0x0D | |||
HDCP-STAT
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | HDCP-STAT? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get HDCP signal status | #HDCP-STAT?SPstage,stage_idCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@HDCP-STATSPstage,stage_id,statusCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| stage-0 (input), 1 (output)stage_id-input/output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input/output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)status-signal encryption status: 0 (HDCP Off), 1 (HDCP On), 2 (Follow input), 3 (Mirror output-MAC mode) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Response is sent to the com port from which the Get command was received | |||
| Notes | |||
| Output stage (1)-get the HDCP signal status of the sink device connected to the specified outputInput stage (0)-get the HDCP signal status of the source device connected to the specified input | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Get the HDCP input signal status of the source device connected to input 9:"#HDCP-STAT? 0,9",0x0D | |||
LDEDID
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | LDEDID | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Write EDID data from external application to device | Multi-step syntax (see following steps) | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| Step 1: #LDEDIDSPeeprom_ID,sizeCRResponse 1: ~nn@LDEDIDSPeeprom_id,sizeSPREADYCR LF or ~nn@LDEDIDSPERRnnCR LFStep 2: If READY was received, send EDID_DATAResponse 2: ~nn@LDEDIDSPeeprom_id,sizeSPOKCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| eeprom_id - Input port EEPROM destination for the EDID data: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)size - EDID data sizeEDID_DATA - HEX or KFW file in protocol packets (see Using the Packet Protocol on page 151) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Response is sent to the com port from which the Set (before execution) command was received | |||
| Notes | |||
| When the unit receives the LDEDID command it replies with READY and enters the special EDID packet wait mode. In this mode the unit can receive only packets and not regular protocol commands.If the unit does not receive correct packets for 30 seconds or is interrupted for more than 30 seconds before receiving all packets, it sends timeout error ~nn@LDEDIDSPERR01 CR LF and returns to the regular protocol mode. If the unit received data that is not a correct packet, it sends the corresponding error and returns to the regular protocol mode. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Write EDID data from external application to Input 1: "#LDEDID 1,256",0x0D | |||
LOCK-FP
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | LOCK-FP | End User | Public |
| Get | LOCK-FP? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Lock front panel | #LOCK-FPSPlock_modeCR | |
| Get | Get front panel lock state | #LOCK-FP?CR | |
| Response | |||
| Set: ~nn@LOCK-FPSPlock_modeSPOKCR LF | |||
| Get: ~nn@LOCK-FPSPlock_modeCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| lock_mode - 0/OFF (unlocks the front panel buttons), 1/ON (locks the front panel buttons) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Lock the front panel of the VS-1616DN-EM:"#LOCK-FP 1", 0x0D | |||
MODULE-INFO
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | MODULE - INFO? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get module information | #MODULE - INFO? SP slot_id CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@MODULE - INFO SP slot_id, m_direction, channel_start, channel_end, m_type, FW_ver, upgradable_f, status CR LF? CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| slot_id - Module ID (slot number): 0 (control module), 1-16 (I/O cards), 200 (test module), 201 (keyboard software application), 202 (keyboard hardware)m_direction - Transmission direction: 0 (input), 1 (output), 2 (unknown)channel_start - Start ID of the port in the device: 1-17channel_end - End ID of the port in the device: 1-17m_type - Module type: 0 (DVI), 1 (HDCP), 03 (HDMI), 4 (DL), 06 (HS), 07 (DP), 08 (SDI), 09 (F610), 10 (F670), 12 (DGKat), 16 (VGA), 18 (VGAA), 22 (AAD), 24 (HAA), 25 (HAD), 30 (HDBT), 32 (SDIA), 34 (HDBT7), 41 (UHD), 42 (UHDA), 45 (DTAxr), 47 (control module)FW_ver - Module firmware version: XX.XX.XXXX where the digit groups are: major.minor.build version upgradable_f - Indicates whether the firmware can be upgraded: 0 (not upgradable), 1 (upgradable) status - Module status: 0 (OK), 1 (unknown error), 2 (no communication), 3 (module missing) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| If m_direction is 2, the channel_start, channel_end and m_type values are irrelevant. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#MODULE - INFO? 14", 0x0D | |||
MODULE-TYPE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | MODULE-TYPE | Admin | Public |
| Get | MODULE-TYPE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set module type and slot location | #MODULE-TYPE SPm_id,m_type CR | |
| Get | Get module type and status by slot location | #MODULE-TYPE? SPm_id CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@MODULE-TYPE SPm_id,m_type,status CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| m_id - Module ID (slot number): 0 (control module), 1-16 (I/O cards), 200 (test module), 201 (keyboard software application), 202 (keyboard hardware) m_type - Module type: 0 (DVI), 1 (HDCP), 03 (HDMI), 4 (DL), 06 (HS), 07 (DP), 08 (SDI), 09 (F610), 10 (F670), 12 (DGKat), 16 (VGA), 18 (VGAA), 22 (AAD), 24 (HAA), 25 (HAD), 30 (HDBT), 32 (SDIA), 34 (HDBT7), 41 (UHD), 42 (UHDA), 45 (DTAxr), 47 (control module) status - Module status: 0 (OK), 1 (unknown error), 2 (no communication), 3 (module missing) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the card (module) installed in slot 4 to HDBT: “#MODULE-TYPE 04,30”,0x0D | |||
MODULE-VER
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | MODULE-VER? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get module firmware version | #MODULE-VER?SPm_idCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@MODULE-VERSPm_id,FW_versionCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| m_id-Module ID (slot number): 0 (control module), 1-16 (I/O cards), 200 (test module), 201 (keyboard software application), 202 (keyboard hardware)FW_version-XX.XX.XXXX where the digit groups are: major.minor.build version | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#MODULE-VER? 15”,0x0D | |||
Routing Commands
| Command | Description |
| DISPLAY | Get validity status of output |
| INFO-IO | Read in/out count |
| INFO-PRST | Read max preset count |
| PRST-LST | Read saved presets list |
| PRST-RCL | Recall saved preset |
| PRST-STO | Store current connections to preset |
| PRST-VID | Read video connections from saved preset |
| SIGNAL | Valid / Invalid input |
| VID | Switch Video only |
DISPLAY
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | DISPLAY? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get validity status of output | #DISPLAY?SPout_idCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@DISPLAYSPout_id,validity_flagCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| out_id-output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)validity_flag-validity status of output: 0 (output is invalid - HPD off), 1 (output is valid - HPD on) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| A response is sent to the com port from which the Get was received, after command execution and:After every change in output HPD status from on to off (0)After every change in output HPD status from off to on (1) | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Get the validity status of output 8:"#DISPLAY 8",0x0D | |||
INFO-IO
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | INFO-IO? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get in/out count | #INFO-IO?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@INFO-IO?SPINSPinputs_count,OUTSPoutputs_countCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| inputs_count – number of inputs in the unit outputs_count – number of outputs in the unit | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#INFO-IO?”,0x0D | |||
INFO-PRST
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | INFO-PRST? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get maximum preset count | #INFO-PRST?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@INFO-PRST?SPVIDSPreset_video_count,AUDSPreset_audio_countCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| preset_video_count - maximum number of video presets in the unitpreset_audio_count - maximum number of audio presets in the unit | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| In most units, video and audio presets with the same number are stored and recalled together by commands #PRST-STO and #PRST-RCL | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| "#INFO-PRST?", 0x0D | |||
PRST-LST
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | PRST-LST? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get list of saved presets | #PRST-LST?CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@PRST-LSTSPpreset,preset,...CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| preset - preset number: 1-60 | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| In most units, video and audio presets with the same number are stored and recalled together by commands #PRST-STO and #PRST-RCL | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| “#PRST-LST?”, 0x0D | |||
PRST-RCL
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | PRST-RCL | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Recall (load) a saved preset | #PRST-RCLSPpresetCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@PRST-RCLSPpresetCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| preset - preset number: 1-60 | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| In most units, video and audio presets with the same number are stored and recalled together by commands #PRST-STO and #PRST-RCL | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Recall previously saved connections, volumes, and modes (audio and video routing table) from preset 5: "#PRST-RCL 5", 0x0D | |||
PRST-STO
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | PRST-STO | End User | Public |
| Get | - | - | - |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Store current connections, volumes and modes as a preset | #PRST-STOSPresetCR | |
| Get | - | - | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@PRST-STOSPresetCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| preset - preset number: 1-60 | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| In most units, video and audio presets with the same number are stored and recalled together by commands #PRST-STO and #PRST-RCL | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Store the current connections, volumes, and modes (audio and video routing table) to preset 8: "#PRST-STO 8", 0x0D | |||
PRST-VID
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | PRST-VID? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get video connections from saved preset | #PRST-VID?SPpreset,outCR#PRST-VID?SPpreset,*CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@PRST-VIDSPpreset,in>outCR LFor~nn@PRST-VIDSPpreset,in>1,in>2,in>3,...CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| preset-preset number: 1-60in - input number: 0 (if output disconnected), 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)> - connection character between in and out parametersout - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12), * (all outputs) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| In most units, video and audio presets with the same number are stored and recalled together by commands #PRST-STO and #PRST-RCL | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Get the source of video output 2 from preset 3:"#PRST-VID? 3,2",0x0D | |||
SIGNAL
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | - | - | - |
| Get | SIGNAL? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | - | - | |
| Get | Get input signal validity status | #SIGNAL?SPinp_idCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@SIGNALSPinp_id,validity_flagCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| inp_id – input number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)validity_flag – validity status according to signal validation: 0 (input is invalid), 1 (input is valid) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| After execution, a response is sent to the com port from which the Get was receivedResponse is sent after every change in input signal status valid to invalid, or invalid to valid | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Get the input signal lock status of input 2:“#SIGNAL? 2”, 0x0D | |||
VID
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | VID | End User | Public |
| Get | VID? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set video switch state | #VID SP in>out,in>out,..CR | |
| Get | Get video switch state | #VID? SP out CR#VID? SP *CR | |
| Response | |||
| Set: ~nn@VID SP in>out CR LF~nn@VID SP in>out CR LF...Get: ~nn@VID SP in>out CR LF~nn@VID SP in>1,in>2,...CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| in - input number: 0 (if output disconnected), 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)> - connection character between in and out parametersout - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12),* (all outputs) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| Examples | |||
| Switch video input 2 to output 4 | #V 2>4CR | ~01@VID 2>4CRLF | |
| Switch video input 4 to output 2 in machine 6 | #6@VID 4>2CR | ~06@VID 4>2CRLF | |
| Switch video input 3 to all outputs | #V 3>*CR | ~01@VID 3>*CRLF | |
| Chaining multiple commands | V 3>4,2>2,2>1,0>2 | V 3>9| *CR1. Switch video input 3 to output 4,video input 2 to output 2,video input 2 to output 1 and disconnect video output 22. Switch video input 3 to output 9 (non-existent)3. Get status of all video linksCommand processing begins after entering CRA response is sent for each command after processing | ~VID 3>4 CRLF~VID 2>2 CRLF~VID 2>1 CRLF~VID 0>2 CRLF~VID ERR003 CRLF~VID 2>1,0>2,1>3, 3>4CRLF | |
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the video switch state from input 4 to output 2:"#VID 4>2",0x0D | |||
Video Commands
| Command | Description |
| BRIGHTNESS | Set/get brightness value |
| CONTRAST | Set/get contrast value |
| DETAIL-TIMING | Set/get detailed timing parameters |
| H-PHASE | Set/get H-Phase value |
BRIGHTNESS
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | BRIGHTNESS | End User | Public |
| Get | BRIGHTNESS? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set brightness value | #BRIGHTNESS SP stage, channel, value CR | |
| Get | Get brightness value | #BRIGHTNESS? SP stage, channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@BRIGHTNESS SP stage, channel, value CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| stage - 1/IN (input), 2/OUT (output)channel - input or output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input / output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)value - brightness in Kramer units: 0-63, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative valuesThis command is only valid for VGA cards | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the brightness value of output 8 to 60:"#BRIGHTNESS 2,8,60",0x0DIncrease the brightness value of input 5 by 1 unit:"#BRIGHTNESS 1,5,++",0x0D | |||
CONTRAST
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | CONTRAST | End User | Public |
| Get | CONTRAST? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set contrast value | #CONTRASTSPstage, channel, valueCR | |
| Get | Get contrast value | #CONTRAST?SPstage, channelCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@CONTRASTSPstage, channel, valueCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| stage - 1/IN (input), 2/OUT (output)channel - input or output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input / output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)value - contrast in Kramer units: 0-63, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative valuesThis command is only valid for VGA cards | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the contrast value of output 8 to 60:"#CONTRAST 2,8,60",0x0DIncrease the contrast value of input 5 by 1 unit:"#CONTRAST 1,5,++",0x0D | |||
DETAIL-TIMING
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | DETAIL-TIMING | End User | Public |
| Get | DETAIL-TIMING? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set detailed timing parameters | #DETAIL-TIMINGSPparam, channel, valueCR | |
| Get | Get detailed timing parameters | #DETAIL-TIMING?SPparam, channelCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@DETAIL-TIMINGSPparam, channel, valueCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| param - 1 (H-De-Start - horizontal start position of port video), 2 (H-De-Total - horizontal active pixels of port video), 3 (H-Total - total horizontal pixels of port video), 4 (V-De-Start - vertical start position of port video), 5 (V-De-Total - vertical active lines of port video), 6 (Auto-DE-Adjust - resolution detection mode), 7 (Auto-PHASE-Adjust - phase mode)channel - input number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)value - video parameter value in Kramer units:for all param values: ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value)for 1 (H-De-Start): 1-600for 2 (H-De-Total): 1-4000for 3 (H-Total): 1-7000for 4 (V-De-Start): 1-255for 5 (V-De-Total): 1-3000for 6 (Auto-DE-Adjust): 0 (auto), 1 (user defined), 2 (auto adjust)for 7 (Auto-PHASE-Adjust): 0 (auto), 1 (user defined), 2 (auto adjust) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative values.The auto adjust feature (in the Auto-DE-Adjust and Auto-PHASE-Adjust parameters) requires the device to recalculate the parameters based on the currently connected source. The result may be different from the standard parameters for the currently set resolution. The result is saved in non-volatile memory and is recalled when the same source is used again. In order to revert to auto pre-defined parameters, either reset to factory setting with the relevant source connected or connect a different source. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the total horizontal pixels (H-Total parameter) of input 4 to 6000:#DETAIL-TIMING 3,4,6000",0x0DSet the resolution detection mode (Auto-DE-Adjust parameter) of input 4 to auto adjust:#DETAIL-TIMING 6,4,2",0x0D | |||
H-PHASE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | H-PHASE | End User | Public |
| Get | H-PHASE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set H-Phase value | #H-PHASE SP stage, channel, value CR | |
| Get | Get H-Phase value | #H-PHASE? SP stage, channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@H-PHASE SP stage, channel, value CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| stage - 1/IN (input), 2/OUT (output)channel - input or output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input / output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)value - H-Phase value in Kramer units: 0-63, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative valuesThis command is only valid for VGA cards | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the H-Phase value of output 8 to 60:#H-PHASE 2,8,60",0x0DIncrease the H-Phase value of input 5 by 1 unit:#H-PHASE 1,5,++",0x0D | |||
Audio Commands
| Command | Description |
| AUD-LVL | Set/get audio level in specific amplifier stage |
| BALANCE | Set/get balance level |
| BASS | Set/get audio bass level |
| MIX | Set/get audio mix setting (stereo / mono) |
| MUTE | Set/get audio mute setting |
| TREBLE | Set/get audio treble level |
| VOLUME | Set/get simple audio volume |
AUD-LVL
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | AUD-LVL | End User | Public |
| Get | AUD-LVL? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set audio level in specific amplifier stage | #AUD-LVLSPstage, channel, volumeCR | |
| Get | Get audio level in specific amplifier stage | #AUD-LVL?SPstage, channelCR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@AUD-LVLSPstage, channel, volumeCR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| stage - 0/IN (input), 1/OUT (output)channel - input or output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed input / output cards, seePort Numbering on page 12)volume - audio level in Kramer units: 0-70, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| The VOLUME command can also be used to set simple output audio volume.A minus sign precedes negative values. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the audio level of output 8 to 30:#AUD-LVL 2,8,30",0x0DIncrease the audio level of input 3 by 1 unit:#AUD-LVL 1,3,++",0x0D | |||
BALANCE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | BALANCE | End User | Public |
| Get | BALANCE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set the balance level | #BALANCE SPout_channel,balance_levelCR | |
| Get | Get the current balance level | #BALANCE? SPout_channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@BALANCE SPout_channel,balance_level CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| out_channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)balance_level - balance level in Kramer units: 0-100, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative values | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the balance level of output 5 to 50:"#BALANCE 5,50",0x0DIncrease the balance level of output 5 by 1 unit:"#BALANCE 5,++",0x0D | |||
BASS
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | BASS | End User | Public |
| Get | BASS? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set the audio bass level | #BASS SP channel, bass_level CR | |
| Get | Get the current audio bass level | #BASS? SP channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@BASS SP channel, bass_level CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)bass_level - bass level in Kramer units: 0-15, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative values | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the bass level of output 10 to 4:"#BASS 10, 4", 0x0DDecrease the bass level of output 5 by 1 unit:"#BASS 5, --", 0x0D | |||
MIX
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | MIX | End User | Public |
| Get | MIX? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set audio mix (stereo/mono) | #MIX SP channel, mix_mode CR | |
| Get | Get audio mix setting (stereo/mono) | #MIX? SP channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@MIX SP channel, mix_mode CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)mix_mode - mix mode setting: 0/OFF (analog audio output is stereo), 1/ON (analog audio output is mono) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| Mix mode is an analog audio parameter used to set mono or stereo output | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the mix mode of output 3 to off (stereo output):“#MIX 3,0”,0x0D | |||
MUTE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | MUTE | End User | Public |
| Get | MUTE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Mute the audio output | #MUTE SP channel, mute_mode CR | |
| Get | Get audio mute setting | #MUTE? SP channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@HUE SP channel, mute_mode CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)mute mode - audio mute setting: 0/OFF (audio is enabled), 1/ON (audio is muted) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Mute the audio of output 8:"#MUTE 8,1",0x0D | |||
TREBLE
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | TREBLE | End User | Public |
| Get | TREBLE? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set the audio treble value | #TREBLE SP channel, treble_level CR | |
| Get | Get the audio treble value | #TREBLE? SP channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@TREBLE SP channel, treble_level CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)treble_level - treble level in Kramer units: 0-15, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative values | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the audio treble level of output 8 to 7:"#TREBLE 8,7",0x0DDecrease the treble level of output 5 by 1 unit:"#TREBLE 5,--",0x0D | |||
VOLUME
| Functions | Permission | Transparency | |
| Set | VOLUME | End User | Public |
| Get | VOLUME? | End User | Public |
| Description | Syntax | ||
| Set | Set simple audio volume | #VOLUME SPout_channel, volume CR | |
| Get | Get simple audio volume | #VOLUME? SPout_channel CR | |
| Response | |||
| ~nn@VOLUME SPout_channel, volume CR LF | |||
| Parameters | |||
| out_channel - output number: 1-16 (varies according to installed output cards, see Port Numbering on page 12)volume - volume in Kramer units: 0-70, ++ (increase current value), -- (decrease current value) | |||
| Response Trigger | |||
| Notes | |||
| A minus sign precedes negative valuesUse the AUD-LVL command to set / get the input audio level or the audio level in the amplifier stage. | |||
| K-Config Example | |||
| Set the volume of output 8 to 25:"#VOLUME 8,25",0x0DIncrease the volume of output 5 by 1 unit:"#VOLUME 5,++",0x0D | |||
Using the Packet Protocol
The packet protocol is designed to transfer large amounts of data, such as files, IR commands, EDID data, etc.
To use the packet protocol:
- Send a command, for example LDEDID
- Receive READY or ERR###
-
If READY:
-
Send a packet
- Receive OK on the last packet
-
Receive OK for the command
-
Packet structure:
-
Packet ID (1, 2, 3...) (2 bytes in length)
- Length (data length + 2 for CRC) – (2 bytes in length)
• Data (data length -2 bytes) - CRC - 2 bytes
| 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05... | |
| Packet ID | Length | Data | CRC | ||
- Response:
\~NNNNSPOKCR LF
Where NNNN is the received packet ID in ASCII hex digits.

When calculating the CRC, the polynomial for the 16-bit CRC is:
CRC-CCITT: 0x1021 = x ^16 + x ^12 + x ^5 + 1
Initial value: 0000
Final XOR Value: 0
For a code example, see: sanity-free.org/133/crc_16_ccitt_in_csharp.html
CRC example:
Data = "123456789"
Result => 0x31C3
The warranty obligations of Kramer Electronics Inc. ("Kramer Electronics") for this product are limited to the terms set forth below:
What is Covered
This limited warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship in this product.
What is Not Covered
This limited warranty does not cover any damage, deterioration or malfunction resulting from any alteration, modification, improper or unreasonable use or maintenance, misuse, abuse, accident, neglect, exposure to excess moisture, fire, improper packing and shipping (such claims must be presented to the carrier), lightning, power surges, or other acts of nature. This limited warranty does not cover any damage, deterioration or malfunction resulting from the installation or removal of this product from any installation, any unauthorized tampering with this product, any repairs attempted by anyone unauthorized by Kramer Electronics to make such repairs, or any other cause which does not relate directly to a defect in materials and/or workmanship of this product. This limited warranty does not cover cartons, equipment enclosures, cables or accessories used in conjunction with this product. Without limiting any other exclusion herein, Kramer Electronics does not warrant that the product covered hereby, including, without limitation, the technology and/or integrated circuit(s) included in the product, will not become obsolete or that such items are or will remain compatible with any other product or technology with which the product may be used.
How Long this Coverage Lasts
The standard limited warranty for Kramer products is seven (7) years from the date of original purchase, with the following exceptions:
- All Kramer VIA hardware products are covered by a standard three (3) year warranty for the VIA hardware and a standard three (3) year warranty for firmware and software updates; all Kramer VIA accessories, adapters, tags, and dongles are covered by a standard one (1) year warranty.
- Kramer fiber optic cables, adapter-size fiber optic extenders, pluggable optical modules, active cables, cable retractors, ring mounted adapters, portable power chargers, Kramer speakers, and Kramer touch panels are all covered by a standard one (1) year warranty.
- All Kramer Cobra products, all Kramer Calibre products, all Kramer Minicom digital signage products, all HighSecLabs products, all streaming, and all wireless products are covered by a standard three (3) year warranty.
- All Sierra Video MultiViewers are covered by a standard five (5) year warranty.
- Sierra switchers & control panels are covered by a standard seven (7) year warranty (excluding power supplies and fans that are covered for three (3) years).
- K-Touch software is covered by a standard one (1) year warranty for software updates.
- All Kramer passive cables are covered by a ten (10) year warranty.
Who is Covered
Only the original purchaser of this product is covered under this limited warranty. This limited warranty is not transferable to subsequent purchasers or owners of this product.
What Kramer Electronics Will Do
Kramer Electronics will, at its sole option, provide one of the following three remedies to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to satisfy a proper claim under this limited warranty:
- Elect to repair or facilitate the repair of any defective parts within a reasonable period of time, free of any charge for the necessary parts and labor to complete the repair and restore this product to its proper operating condition. Kramer Electronics will also pay the shipping costs necessary to return this product once the repair is complete.
- Replace this product with a direct replacement or with a similar product deemed by Kramer Electronics to perform substantially the same function as the original product. If a direct or similar replacement product is supplied, the original product's end warranty date remains unchanged and is transferred to the replacement product.
- Issue a refund of the original purchase price less depreciation to be determined based on the age of the product at the time remedy is sought under this limited warranty.
What Kramer Electronics Will Not Do Under This Limited Warranty
If this product is returned to Kramer Electronics or the authorized dealer from which it was purchased or any other party authorized to repair Kramer Electronics products, this product must be insured during shipment, with the insurance and shipping charges prepaid by you. If this product is returned uninsured, you assume all risks of loss or damage during shipment. Kramer Electronics will not be responsible for any costs related to the removal or re-installation of this product from or into any installation. Kramer Electronics will not be responsible for any costs related to any setting up this product, any adjustment of user controls or any programming required for a specific installation of this product.
How to Obtain a Remedy Under This Limited Warranty
To obtain a remedy under this limited warranty, you must contact either the authorized Kramer Electronics reseller from whom you purchased this product or the Kramer Electronics office nearest you. For a list of authorized Kramer Electronics resellers and/or Kramer Electronics authorized service providers, visit our web site at www.kramerav.com or contact the Kramer Electronics office nearest you.
In order to pursue any remedy under this limited warranty, you must possess an original, dated receipt as proof of purchase from an authorized Kramer Electronics reseller. If this product is returned under this limited warranty, a return authorization number, obtained from Kramer Electronics, will be required (RMA number). You may also be directed to an authorized reseller or a person authorized by Kramer Electronics to repair the product. If it is decided that this product should be returned directly to Kramer Electronics, this product should be properly packed, preferably in the original carton, for shipping. Cartons not bearing a return authorization number will be refused.
Limitation of Liability
THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY OF KRAMER ELECTRONICS UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE PAID FOR THE PRODUCT. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, KRAMER ELECTRONICS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION, OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. Some countries, districts or states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of relief, special, incidental,
consequential or indirect damages, or the limitation of liability to specified amounts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. Exclusive Remedy
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY AND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, REMEDIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, KRAMER ELECTRONICS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IF KRAMER ELECTRONICS CANNOT LAWFULLY DISCLAIM OR EXCLUDE IMPLIED WARRANTIES UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THEN ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES COVERING THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL APPLY TO THIS PRODUCT AS PROVIDED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.
IF ANY PRODUCT TO WHICH THIS LIMITED WARRANTY APPLIES IS A "CONSUMER PRODUCT" UNDER THE MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT (15 U.S.C.A. §2301, ET SEQ.) OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW, THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SHALL NOT APPLY TO YOU, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES ON THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR THE PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL APPLY AS PROVIDED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.
Other Conditions
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights which vary from country to country or state to state.
This limited warranty is void if (i) the label bearing the serial number of this product has been removed or defaced. (ii) the product is not distributed by Kramer Electronics or (iii) this product is not purchased from an authorized Kramer Electronics reseller. If you are unsure whether a reseller is an authorized Kramer Electronics reseller, visit our web site at www.kramerav.com or contact a Kramer Electronics office from the list at the end of this document.
Your rights under this limited warranty are not diminished if you do not complete and return the product registration form or complete and submit the online product registration form. Kramer Electronics thanks you for purchasing a Kramer Electronics product. We hope it will give you years of satisfaction.

kramer





P/N:

2900-300928
Rev:


SAFETY WARNING
Disconnect the unit from the power supply before opening and servicing
For the latest information on our products and a list of Kramer distributors, visit our Web site where updates to this user manual may be found.
We welcome your questions, comments, and feedback.
The terms HDMI, HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. All brand names, product names, and trademarks are the property of their respective owners.